PostgreSQL Source Code git master
Loading...
Searching...
No Matches
planner.c
Go to the documentation of this file.
1/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 *
3 * planner.c
4 * The query optimizer external interface.
5 *
6 * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
7 * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
8 *
9 *
10 * IDENTIFICATION
11 * src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
12 *
13 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 */
15
16#include "postgres.h"
17
18#include <limits.h>
19#include <math.h>
20
21#include "access/genam.h"
22#include "access/parallel.h"
23#include "access/sysattr.h"
24#include "access/table.h"
26#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
27#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
28#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
29#include "executor/executor.h"
30#include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
31#include "jit/jit.h"
32#include "lib/bipartite_match.h"
33#include "lib/knapsack.h"
34#include "miscadmin.h"
35#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
36#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
37#ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
38#include "nodes/print.h"
39#endif
40#include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
42#include "optimizer/clauses.h"
43#include "optimizer/cost.h"
44#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
46#include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
47#include "optimizer/paths.h"
48#include "optimizer/plancat.h"
49#include "optimizer/planmain.h"
50#include "optimizer/planner.h"
51#include "optimizer/prep.h"
52#include "optimizer/subselect.h"
53#include "optimizer/tlist.h"
54#include "parser/analyze.h"
55#include "parser/parse_agg.h"
56#include "parser/parse_clause.h"
58#include "parser/parsetree.h"
61#include "utils/acl.h"
63#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
64#include "utils/rel.h"
65#include "utils/selfuncs.h"
66
67/* GUC parameters */
72
73/* Hook for plugins to get control in planner() */
75
76/* Hook for plugins to get control after PlannerGlobal is initialized */
78
79/* Hook for plugins to get control before PlannerGlobal is discarded */
81
82/* Hook for plugins to get control when grouping_planner() plans upper rels */
84
85
86/* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
87#define EXPRKIND_QUAL 0
88#define EXPRKIND_TARGET 1
89#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC 2
90#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL 3
91#define EXPRKIND_VALUES 4
92#define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL 5
93#define EXPRKIND_LIMIT 6
94#define EXPRKIND_APPINFO 7
95#define EXPRKIND_PHV 8
96#define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE 9
97#define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM 10
98#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC 11
99#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL 12
100#define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR 13
101
102/*
103 * Data specific to grouping sets
104 */
116
117/*
118 * Temporary structure for use during WindowClause reordering in order to be
119 * able to sort WindowClauses on partitioning/ordering prefix.
120 */
121typedef struct
122{
124 List *uniqueOrder; /* A List of unique ordering/partitioning
125 * clauses per Window */
127
128/* Passthrough data for standard_qp_callback */
129typedef struct
130{
131 List *activeWindows; /* active windows, if any */
132 grouping_sets_data *gset_data; /* grouping sets data, if any */
133 SetOperationStmt *setop; /* parent set operation or NULL if not a
134 * subquery belonging to a set operation */
136
137/*
138 * Context for the find_having_collation_conflicts walker.
139 *
140 * ancestor_collids is a stack of inputcollids contributed by collation-aware
141 * ancestors of the current node. Entries are pushed before recursing into a
142 * node's children and popped afterwards, so the stack reflects exactly the
143 * inputcollids on the current root-to-node path.
144 */
150
151/* Local functions */
152static Node *preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind);
153static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode);
155 Index group_rtindex);
156static bool having_collation_conflict_walker(Node *node,
158static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
161static List *remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets,
162 int *tleref_to_colnum_map);
164static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root,
165 double tuple_fraction,
166 int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est);
168static List *extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets);
169static List *reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause);
170static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra);
172 double path_rows,
177 PathTarget *target,
178 bool target_parallel_safe,
183 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel);
185 PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
186 Node *havingQual);
189 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
192 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
195 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
196 Path *path,
197 bool is_sorted,
198 bool can_hash,
201 double dNumGroups);
208 List *activeWindows);
211 Path *path,
215 List *activeWindows);
218 PathTarget *target);
222 PathTarget *target);
231 PathTarget *target,
232 bool target_parallel_safe,
233 double limit_tuples);
238 Node *havingQual);
243static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows);
246 List *activeWindows);
248 List *tlist);
251 bool *have_postponed_srfs);
253 List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs);
255 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
259 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
261 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
264 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
265 bool force_rel_creation);
267 RelOptInfo *rel,
268 Path *path,
270 List *pathkeys,
271 double limit_tuples);
273static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root);
275 RelOptInfo *rel,
279 bool tlist_same_exprs);
282 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
287 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
289 List *targetList,
290 List *groupClause);
291static int common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
293 List *targetlist);
295 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
296 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
298 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
299 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
300
301
302/*****************************************************************************
303 *
304 * Query optimizer entry point
305 *
306 * Inputs:
307 * parse: an analyzed-and-rewritten query tree for an optimizable statement
308 * query_string: source text for the query tree (used for error reports)
309 * cursorOptions: bitmask of CURSOR_OPT_XXX flags, see parsenodes.h
310 * boundParams: passed-in parameter values, or NULL if none
311 * es: ExplainState if being called from EXPLAIN, else NULL
312 *
313 * The result is a PlannedStmt tree.
314 *
315 * PARAM_EXTERN Param nodes within the parse tree can be replaced by Consts
316 * using values from boundParams, if those values are marked PARAM_FLAG_CONST.
317 * Parameter values not so marked are still relied on for estimation purposes.
318 *
319 * The ExplainState pointer is not currently used by the core planner, but it
320 * is passed through to some planner hooks so that they can report information
321 * back to EXPLAIN extension hooks.
322 *
323 * To support loadable plugins that monitor or modify planner behavior,
324 * we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin get control before and
325 * after the standard planning process. The plugin would normally call
326 * standard_planner().
327 *
328 * Note to plugin authors: standard_planner() scribbles on its Query input,
329 * so you'd better copy that data structure if you want to plan more than once.
330 *
331 *****************************************************************************/
333planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
334 ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
335{
337
338 if (planner_hook)
339 result = (*planner_hook) (parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
340 boundParams, es);
341 else
342 result = standard_planner(parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
343 boundParams, es);
344
345 pgstat_report_plan_id(result->planId, false);
346
347 return result;
348}
349
351standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
352 ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
353{
355 PlannerGlobal *glob;
356 double tuple_fraction;
360 Plan *top_plan;
361 ListCell *lp,
362 *lr,
363 *lc;
364
365 /*
366 * Set up global state for this planner invocation. This data is needed
367 * across all levels of sub-Query that might exist in the given command,
368 * so we keep it in a separate struct that's linked to by each per-Query
369 * PlannerInfo.
370 */
371 glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
372
373 glob->boundParams = boundParams;
374 glob->subplans = NIL;
375 glob->subpaths = NIL;
376 glob->subroots = NIL;
377 glob->rewindPlanIDs = NULL;
378 glob->finalrtable = NIL;
379 glob->allRelids = NULL;
380 glob->prunableRelids = NULL;
381 glob->finalrteperminfos = NIL;
382 glob->finalrowmarks = NIL;
383 glob->resultRelations = NIL;
384 glob->appendRelations = NIL;
385 glob->partPruneInfos = NIL;
386 glob->relationOids = NIL;
387 glob->invalItems = NIL;
388 glob->paramExecTypes = NIL;
389 glob->lastPHId = 0;
390 glob->lastRowMarkId = 0;
391 glob->lastPlanNodeId = 0;
392 glob->transientPlan = false;
393 glob->dependsOnRole = false;
394 glob->partition_directory = NULL;
395 glob->rel_notnullatts_hash = NULL;
396
397 /*
398 * Assess whether it's feasible to use parallel mode for this query. We
399 * can't do this in a standalone backend, or if the command will try to
400 * modify any data, or if this is a cursor operation, or if GUCs are set
401 * to values that don't permit parallelism, or if parallel-unsafe
402 * functions are present in the query tree.
403 *
404 * (Note that we do allow CREATE TABLE AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE
405 * MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallel plans, but this is safe only because
406 * the command is writing into a completely new table which workers won't
407 * be able to see. If the workers could see the table, the fact that
408 * group locking would cause them to ignore the leader's heavyweight GIN
409 * page locks would make this unsafe. We'll have to fix that somehow if
410 * we want to allow parallel inserts in general; updates and deletes have
411 * additional problems especially around combo CIDs.)
412 *
413 * For now, we don't try to use parallel mode if we're running inside a
414 * parallel worker. We might eventually be able to relax this
415 * restriction, but for now it seems best not to have parallel workers
416 * trying to create their own parallel workers.
417 */
418 if ((cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK) != 0 &&
420 parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
421 !parse->hasModifyingCTE &&
424 {
425 /* all the cheap tests pass, so scan the query tree */
428 }
429 else
430 {
431 /* skip the query tree scan, just assume it's unsafe */
433 glob->parallelModeOK = false;
434 }
435
436 /*
437 * glob->parallelModeNeeded is normally set to false here and changed to
438 * true during plan creation if a Gather or Gather Merge plan is actually
439 * created (cf. create_gather_plan, create_gather_merge_plan).
440 *
441 * However, if debug_parallel_query = on or debug_parallel_query =
442 * regress, then we impose parallel mode whenever it's safe to do so, even
443 * if the final plan doesn't use parallelism. It's not safe to do so if
444 * the query contains anything parallel-unsafe; parallelModeOK will be
445 * false in that case. Note that parallelModeOK can't change after this
446 * point. Otherwise, everything in the query is either parallel-safe or
447 * parallel-restricted, and in either case it should be OK to impose
448 * parallel-mode restrictions. If that ends up breaking something, then
449 * either some function the user included in the query is incorrectly
450 * labeled as parallel-safe or parallel-restricted when in reality it's
451 * parallel-unsafe, or else the query planner itself has a bug.
452 */
453 glob->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeOK &&
455
456 /* Determine what fraction of the plan is likely to be scanned */
457 if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN)
458 {
459 /*
460 * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately FETCH
461 * from a cursor, but it is often the case that he doesn't want 'em
462 * all, or would prefer a fast-start plan anyway so that he can
463 * process some of the tuples sooner. Use a GUC parameter to decide
464 * what fraction to optimize for.
465 */
466 tuple_fraction = cursor_tuple_fraction;
467
468 /*
469 * We document cursor_tuple_fraction as simply being a fraction, which
470 * means the edge cases 0 and 1 have to be treated specially here. We
471 * convert 1 to 0 ("all the tuples") and 0 to a very small fraction.
472 */
473 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
474 tuple_fraction = 0.0;
475 else if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
476 tuple_fraction = 1e-10;
477 }
478 else
479 {
480 /* Default assumption is we need all the tuples */
481 tuple_fraction = 0.0;
482 }
483
484 /*
485 * Compute the initial path generation strategy mask.
486 *
487 * Some strategies, such as PGS_FOREIGNJOIN, have no corresponding enable_*
488 * GUC, and so the corresponding bits are always set in the default
489 * strategy mask.
490 *
491 * It may seem surprising that enable_indexscan sets both PGS_INDEXSCAN
492 * and PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN. However, the historical behavior of this GUC
493 * corresponds to this exactly: enable_indexscan=off disables both
494 * index-scan and index-only scan paths, whereas enable_indexonlyscan=off
495 * converts the index-only scan paths that we would have considered into
496 * index scan paths.
497 */
500 if (enable_tidscan)
502 if (enable_seqscan)
511 {
513 if (enable_material)
515 }
516 if (enable_nestloop)
517 {
519 if (enable_material)
521 if (enable_memoize)
523 }
524 if (enable_hashjoin)
530
531 /* Allow plugins to take control after we've initialized "glob" */
533 (*planner_setup_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
534 &tuple_fraction, es);
535
536 /* primary planning entry point (may recurse for subqueries) */
537 root = subquery_planner(glob, parse, NULL, NULL, NULL, false,
538 tuple_fraction, NULL);
539
540 /* Select best Path and turn it into a Plan */
543
545
546 /*
547 * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
548 * backwards on demand. Add a Material node at the top at need.
549 */
550 if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL)
551 {
554 }
555
556 /*
557 * Optionally add a Gather node for testing purposes, provided this is
558 * actually a safe thing to do.
559 *
560 * We can add Gather even when top_plan has parallel-safe initPlans, but
561 * then we have to move the initPlans to the Gather node because of
562 * SS_finalize_plan's limitations. That would cause cosmetic breakage of
563 * regression tests when debug_parallel_query = regress, because initPlans
564 * that would normally appear on the top_plan move to the Gather, causing
565 * them to disappear from EXPLAIN output. That doesn't seem worth kluging
566 * EXPLAIN to hide, so skip it when debug_parallel_query = regress.
567 */
569 top_plan->parallel_safe &&
570 (top_plan->initPlan == NIL ||
572 {
575 bool unsafe_initplans;
576
577 gather->plan.targetlist = top_plan->targetlist;
578 gather->plan.qual = NIL;
579 gather->plan.lefttree = top_plan;
580 gather->plan.righttree = NULL;
581 gather->num_workers = 1;
582 gather->single_copy = true;
584
585 /* Transfer any initPlans to the new top node */
586 gather->plan.initPlan = top_plan->initPlan;
587 top_plan->initPlan = NIL;
588
589 /*
590 * Since this Gather has no parallel-aware descendants to signal to,
591 * we don't need a rescan Param.
592 */
593 gather->rescan_param = -1;
594
595 /*
596 * Ideally we'd use cost_gather here, but setting up dummy path data
597 * to satisfy it doesn't seem much cleaner than knowing what it does.
598 */
599 gather->plan.startup_cost = top_plan->startup_cost +
601 gather->plan.total_cost = top_plan->total_cost +
603 gather->plan.plan_rows = top_plan->plan_rows;
604 gather->plan.plan_width = top_plan->plan_width;
605 gather->plan.parallel_aware = false;
606 gather->plan.parallel_safe = false;
607
608 /*
609 * Delete the initplans' cost from top_plan. We needn't add it to the
610 * Gather node, since the above coding already included it there.
611 */
612 SS_compute_initplan_cost(gather->plan.initPlan,
614 top_plan->startup_cost -= initplan_cost;
615 top_plan->total_cost -= initplan_cost;
616
617 /* use parallel mode for parallel plans. */
618 root->glob->parallelModeNeeded = true;
619
620 top_plan = &gather->plan;
621 }
622
623 /*
624 * If any Params were generated, run through the plan tree and compute
625 * each plan node's extParam/allParam sets. Ideally we'd merge this into
626 * set_plan_references' tree traversal, but for now it has to be separate
627 * because we need to visit subplans before not after main plan.
628 */
629 if (glob->paramExecTypes != NIL)
630 {
631 Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
632 forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
633 {
634 Plan *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
636
637 SS_finalize_plan(subroot, subplan);
638 }
640 }
641
642 /* final cleanup of the plan */
643 Assert(glob->finalrtable == NIL);
644 Assert(glob->finalrteperminfos == NIL);
645 Assert(glob->finalrowmarks == NIL);
646 Assert(glob->resultRelations == NIL);
647 Assert(glob->appendRelations == NIL);
649 /* ... and the subplans (both regular subplans and initplans) */
650 Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
651 forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
652 {
653 Plan *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
655
656 lfirst(lp) = set_plan_references(subroot, subplan);
657 }
658
659 /* build the PlannedStmt result */
661
662 result->commandType = parse->commandType;
663 result->queryId = parse->queryId;
664 result->planOrigin = PLAN_STMT_STANDARD;
665 result->hasReturning = (parse->returningList != NIL);
666 result->hasModifyingCTE = parse->hasModifyingCTE;
667 result->canSetTag = parse->canSetTag;
668 result->transientPlan = glob->transientPlan;
669 result->dependsOnRole = glob->dependsOnRole;
670 result->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeNeeded;
671 result->planTree = top_plan;
672 result->partPruneInfos = glob->partPruneInfos;
673 result->rtable = glob->finalrtable;
674 result->unprunableRelids = bms_difference(glob->allRelids,
675 glob->prunableRelids);
676 result->permInfos = glob->finalrteperminfos;
677 result->subrtinfos = glob->subrtinfos;
678 result->appendRelations = glob->appendRelations;
679 result->subplans = glob->subplans;
680 result->rewindPlanIDs = glob->rewindPlanIDs;
681 result->rowMarks = glob->finalrowmarks;
682
683 /*
684 * Compute resultRelationRelids and rowMarkRelids from resultRelations and
685 * rowMarks. These can be used for cheap membership checks.
686 */
687 foreach(lc, glob->resultRelations)
688 result->resultRelationRelids = bms_add_member(result->resultRelationRelids,
689 lfirst_int(lc));
690 foreach(lc, glob->finalrowmarks)
691 result->rowMarkRelids = bms_add_member(result->rowMarkRelids,
692 ((PlanRowMark *) lfirst(lc))->rti);
693
694 result->relationOids = glob->relationOids;
695 result->invalItems = glob->invalItems;
696 result->paramExecTypes = glob->paramExecTypes;
697 /* utilityStmt should be null, but we might as well copy it */
698 result->utilityStmt = parse->utilityStmt;
699 result->elidedNodes = glob->elidedNodes;
700 result->stmt_location = parse->stmt_location;
701 result->stmt_len = parse->stmt_len;
702
703 result->jitFlags = PGJIT_NONE;
704 if (jit_enabled && jit_above_cost >= 0 &&
705 top_plan->total_cost > jit_above_cost)
706 {
707 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_PERFORM;
708
709 /*
710 * Decide how much effort should be put into generating better code.
711 */
712 if (jit_optimize_above_cost >= 0 &&
713 top_plan->total_cost > jit_optimize_above_cost)
714 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_OPT3;
715 if (jit_inline_above_cost >= 0 &&
716 top_plan->total_cost > jit_inline_above_cost)
717 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_INLINE;
718
719 /*
720 * Decide which operations should be JITed.
721 */
722 if (jit_expressions)
723 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_EXPR;
725 result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_DEFORM;
726 }
727
728 /* Allow plugins to take control before we discard "glob" */
730 (*planner_shutdown_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, result);
731
732 if (glob->partition_directory != NULL)
733 DestroyPartitionDirectory(glob->partition_directory);
734
735 return result;
736}
737
738
739/*--------------------
740 * subquery_planner
741 * Invokes the planner on a subquery. We recurse to here for each
742 * sub-SELECT found in the query tree.
743 *
744 * glob is the global state for the current planner run.
745 * parse is the querytree produced by the parser & rewriter.
746 * plan_name is the name to assign to this subplan (NULL at the top level).
747 * parent_root is the immediate parent Query's info (NULL at the top level).
748 * alternative_root is a previously created PlannerInfo for which this query
749 * level is an alternative implementation, or else NULL.
750 * hasRecursion is true if this is a recursive WITH query.
751 * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
752 * tuple_fraction is interpreted as explained for grouping_planner, below.
753 * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
754 * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
755 * set operation can be generated. NULL when not planning a set operation
756 * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
757 *
758 * Basically, this routine does the stuff that should only be done once
759 * per Query object. It then calls grouping_planner. At one time,
760 * grouping_planner could be invoked recursively on the same Query object;
761 * that's not currently true, but we keep the separation between the two
762 * routines anyway, in case we need it again someday.
763 *
764 * subquery_planner will be called recursively to handle sub-Query nodes
765 * found within the query's expressions and rangetable.
766 *
767 * Returns the PlannerInfo struct ("root") that contains all data generated
768 * while planning the subquery. In particular, the Path(s) attached to
769 * the (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel represent our conclusions about the
770 * cheapest way(s) to implement the query. The top level will select the
771 * best Path and pass it through createplan.c to produce a finished Plan.
772 *--------------------
773 */
775subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name,
777 bool hasRecursion, double tuple_fraction,
779{
784 int havingIdx;
785 bool hasOuterJoins;
786 bool hasResultRTEs;
788 ListCell *l;
789
790 /* Create a PlannerInfo data structure for this subquery */
792 root->parse = parse;
793 root->glob = glob;
794 root->query_level = parent_root ? parent_root->query_level + 1 : 1;
795 root->plan_name = plan_name;
796 if (alternative_root != NULL)
797 root->alternative_plan_name = alternative_root->plan_name;
798 else
799 root->alternative_plan_name = plan_name;
800 root->parent_root = parent_root;
801 root->plan_params = NIL;
802 root->outer_params = NULL;
803 root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
804 root->init_plans = NIL;
805 root->cte_plan_ids = NIL;
806 root->multiexpr_params = NIL;
807 root->join_domains = NIL;
808 root->eq_classes = NIL;
809 root->ec_merging_done = false;
810 root->last_rinfo_serial = 0;
811 root->all_result_relids =
812 parse->resultRelation ? bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation) : NULL;
813 root->leaf_result_relids = NULL; /* we'll find out leaf-ness later */
814 root->append_rel_list = NIL;
815 root->row_identity_vars = NIL;
816 root->rowMarks = NIL;
817 memset(root->upper_rels, 0, sizeof(root->upper_rels));
818 memset(root->upper_targets, 0, sizeof(root->upper_targets));
819 root->processed_groupClause = NIL;
820 root->processed_distinctClause = NIL;
821 root->processed_tlist = NIL;
822 root->update_colnos = NIL;
823 root->grouping_map = NULL;
824 root->minmax_aggs = NIL;
825 root->qual_security_level = 0;
826 root->hasPseudoConstantQuals = false;
827 root->hasAlternativeSubPlans = false;
828 root->placeholdersFrozen = false;
829 root->hasRecursion = hasRecursion;
830 root->assumeReplanning = false;
831 if (hasRecursion)
832 root->wt_param_id = assign_special_exec_param(root);
833 else
834 root->wt_param_id = -1;
835 root->non_recursive_path = NULL;
836
837 /*
838 * Create the top-level join domain. This won't have valid contents until
839 * deconstruct_jointree fills it in, but the node needs to exist before
840 * that so we can build EquivalenceClasses referencing it.
841 */
842 root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
843
844 /*
845 * If there is a WITH list, process each WITH query and either convert it
846 * to RTE_SUBQUERY RTE(s) or build an initplan SubPlan structure for it.
847 */
848 if (parse->cteList)
850
851 /*
852 * If it's a MERGE command, transform the joinlist as appropriate.
853 */
855
856 /*
857 * Scan the rangetable for relation RTEs and retrieve the necessary
858 * catalog information for each relation. Using this information, clear
859 * the inh flag for any relation that has no children, collect not-null
860 * attribute numbers for any relation that has column not-null
861 * constraints, and expand virtual generated columns for any relation that
862 * contains them. Note that this step does not descend into sublinks and
863 * subqueries; if we pull up any sublinks or subqueries below, their
864 * relation RTEs are processed just before pulling them up.
865 */
867
868 /*
869 * If the FROM clause is empty, replace it with a dummy RTE_RESULT RTE, so
870 * that we don't need so many special cases to deal with that situation.
871 */
873
874 /*
875 * Look for ANY and EXISTS SubLinks in WHERE and JOIN/ON clauses, and try
876 * to transform them into joins. Note that this step does not descend
877 * into subqueries; if we pull up any subqueries below, their SubLinks are
878 * processed just before pulling them up.
879 */
880 if (parse->hasSubLinks)
882
883 /*
884 * Scan the rangetable for function RTEs, do const-simplification on them,
885 * and then inline them if possible (producing subqueries that might get
886 * pulled up next). Recursion issues here are handled in the same way as
887 * for SubLinks.
888 */
890
891 /*
892 * Check to see if any subqueries in the jointree can be merged into this
893 * query.
894 */
896
897 /*
898 * If this is a simple UNION ALL query, flatten it into an appendrel. We
899 * do this now because it requires applying pull_up_subqueries to the leaf
900 * queries of the UNION ALL, which weren't touched above because they
901 * weren't referenced by the jointree (they will be after we do this).
902 */
903 if (parse->setOperations)
905
906 /*
907 * Survey the rangetable to see what kinds of entries are present. We can
908 * skip some later processing if relevant SQL features are not used; for
909 * example if there are no JOIN RTEs we can avoid the expense of doing
910 * flatten_join_alias_vars(). This must be done after we have finished
911 * adding rangetable entries, of course. (Note: actually, processing of
912 * inherited or partitioned rels can cause RTEs for their child tables to
913 * get added later; but those must all be RTE_RELATION entries, so they
914 * don't invalidate the conclusions drawn here.)
915 */
916 root->hasJoinRTEs = false;
917 root->hasLateralRTEs = false;
918 root->group_rtindex = 0;
919 hasOuterJoins = false;
920 hasResultRTEs = false;
921 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
922 {
924
925 switch (rte->rtekind)
926 {
927 case RTE_JOIN:
928 root->hasJoinRTEs = true;
929 if (IS_OUTER_JOIN(rte->jointype))
930 hasOuterJoins = true;
931 break;
932 case RTE_RESULT:
933 hasResultRTEs = true;
934 break;
935 case RTE_GROUP:
936 Assert(parse->hasGroupRTE);
937 root->group_rtindex = list_cell_number(parse->rtable, l) + 1;
938 break;
939 default:
940 /* No work here for other RTE types */
941 break;
942 }
943
944 if (rte->lateral)
945 root->hasLateralRTEs = true;
946
947 /*
948 * We can also determine the maximum security level required for any
949 * securityQuals now. Addition of inheritance-child RTEs won't affect
950 * this, because child tables don't have their own securityQuals; see
951 * expand_single_inheritance_child().
952 */
953 if (rte->securityQuals)
954 root->qual_security_level = Max(root->qual_security_level,
955 list_length(rte->securityQuals));
956 }
957
958 /*
959 * If we have now verified that the query target relation is
960 * non-inheriting, mark it as a leaf target.
961 */
962 if (parse->resultRelation)
963 {
964 RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(parse->resultRelation, parse->rtable);
965
966 if (!rte->inh)
967 root->leaf_result_relids =
968 bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation);
969 }
970
971 /*
972 * This would be a convenient time to check access permissions for all
973 * relations mentioned in the query, since it would be better to fail now,
974 * before doing any detailed planning. However, for historical reasons,
975 * we leave this to be done at executor startup.
976 *
977 * Note, however, that we do need to check access permissions for any view
978 * relations mentioned in the query, in order to prevent information being
979 * leaked by selectivity estimation functions, which only check view owner
980 * permissions on underlying tables (see all_rows_selectable() and its
981 * callers). This is a little ugly, because it means that access
982 * permissions for views will be checked twice, which is another reason
983 * why it would be better to do all the ACL checks here.
984 */
985 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
986 {
988
989 if (rte->perminfoindex != 0 &&
990 rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
991 {
993 bool result;
994
995 perminfo = getRTEPermissionInfo(parse->rteperminfos, rte);
997 if (!result)
999 get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
1000 }
1001 }
1002
1003 /*
1004 * Preprocess RowMark information. We need to do this after subquery
1005 * pullup, so that all base relations are present.
1006 */
1008
1009 /*
1010 * Set hasHavingQual to remember if HAVING clause is present. Needed
1011 * because preprocess_expression will reduce a constant-true condition to
1012 * an empty qual list ... but "HAVING TRUE" is not a semantic no-op.
1013 */
1014 root->hasHavingQual = (parse->havingQual != NULL);
1015
1016 /*
1017 * Do expression preprocessing on targetlist and quals, as well as other
1018 * random expressions in the querytree. Note that we do not need to
1019 * handle sort/group expressions explicitly, because they are actually
1020 * part of the targetlist.
1021 */
1022 parse->targetList = (List *)
1023 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->targetList,
1025
1027 foreach(l, parse->withCheckOptions)
1028 {
1030
1031 wco->qual = preprocess_expression(root, wco->qual,
1033 if (wco->qual != NULL)
1035 }
1036 parse->withCheckOptions = newWithCheckOptions;
1037
1038 parse->returningList = (List *)
1039 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->returningList,
1041
1042 preprocess_qual_conditions(root, (Node *) parse->jointree);
1043
1044 parse->havingQual = preprocess_expression(root, parse->havingQual,
1046
1047 foreach(l, parse->windowClause)
1048 {
1050
1051 /* partitionClause/orderClause are sort/group expressions */
1056 }
1057
1058 parse->limitOffset = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitOffset,
1060 parse->limitCount = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitCount,
1062
1063 if (parse->onConflict)
1064 {
1065 parse->onConflict->arbiterElems = (List *)
1067 (Node *) parse->onConflict->arbiterElems,
1069 parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere =
1071 parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere,
1073 parse->onConflict->onConflictSet = (List *)
1075 (Node *) parse->onConflict->onConflictSet,
1077 parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere =
1079 parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere,
1081 /* exclRelTlist contains only Vars, so no preprocessing needed */
1082 }
1083
1084 if (parse->forPortionOf)
1085 {
1086 parse->forPortionOf->targetRange =
1088 parse->forPortionOf->targetRange,
1090 if (contain_volatile_functions(parse->forPortionOf->targetRange))
1091 ereport(ERROR,
1093 errmsg("FOR PORTION OF bounds cannot contain volatile functions")));
1094 }
1095
1096 foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
1097 {
1098 MergeAction *action = (MergeAction *) lfirst(l);
1099
1100 action->targetList = (List *)
1102 (Node *) action->targetList,
1104 action->qual =
1106 (Node *) action->qual,
1108 }
1109
1110 parse->mergeJoinCondition =
1111 preprocess_expression(root, parse->mergeJoinCondition, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1112
1113 root->append_rel_list = (List *)
1114 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) root->append_rel_list,
1116
1117 /* Also need to preprocess expressions within RTEs */
1118 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
1119 {
1121 int kind;
1122 ListCell *lcsq;
1123
1124 if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
1125 {
1126 if (rte->tablesample)
1127 rte->tablesample = (TableSampleClause *)
1129 (Node *) rte->tablesample,
1131 }
1132 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
1133 {
1134 /*
1135 * We don't want to do all preprocessing yet on the subquery's
1136 * expressions, since that will happen when we plan it. But if it
1137 * contains any join aliases of our level, those have to get
1138 * expanded now, because planning of the subquery won't do it.
1139 * That's only possible if the subquery is LATERAL.
1140 */
1141 if (rte->lateral && root->hasJoinRTEs)
1142 rte->subquery = (Query *)
1144 (Node *) rte->subquery);
1145 }
1146 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_FUNCTION)
1147 {
1148 /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
1149 kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_RTFUNC;
1150 rte->functions = (List *)
1151 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->functions, kind);
1152 }
1153 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_TABLEFUNC)
1154 {
1155 /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
1157 rte->tablefunc = (TableFunc *)
1158 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->tablefunc, kind);
1159 }
1160 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
1161 {
1162 /* Preprocess the values lists fully */
1163 kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_VALUES;
1164 rte->values_lists = (List *)
1165 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists, kind);
1166 }
1167 else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_GROUP)
1168 {
1169 /* Preprocess the groupexprs list fully */
1170 rte->groupexprs = (List *)
1171 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->groupexprs,
1173 }
1174
1175 /*
1176 * Process each element of the securityQuals list as if it were a
1177 * separate qual expression (as indeed it is). We need to do it this
1178 * way to get proper canonicalization of AND/OR structure. Note that
1179 * this converts each element into an implicit-AND sublist.
1180 */
1181 foreach(lcsq, rte->securityQuals)
1182 {
1184 (Node *) lfirst(lcsq),
1186 }
1187 }
1188
1189 /*
1190 * Now that we are done preprocessing expressions, and in particular done
1191 * flattening join alias variables, get rid of the joinaliasvars lists.
1192 * They no longer match what expressions in the rest of the tree look
1193 * like, because we have not preprocessed expressions in those lists (and
1194 * do not want to; for example, expanding a SubLink there would result in
1195 * a useless unreferenced subplan). Leaving them in place simply creates
1196 * a hazard for later scans of the tree. We could try to prevent that by
1197 * using QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES in every tree scan done after this point,
1198 * but that doesn't sound very reliable.
1199 */
1200 if (root->hasJoinRTEs)
1201 {
1202 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
1203 {
1205
1206 rte->joinaliasvars = NIL;
1207 }
1208 }
1209
1210 /*
1211 * Before we flatten GROUP Vars, check which HAVING clauses have collation
1212 * conflicts. When GROUP BY uses a nondeterministic collation, values
1213 * that are "equal" for grouping may be distinguishable under a different
1214 * collation. If such a HAVING clause were moved to WHERE, it would
1215 * filter individual rows before grouping, potentially eliminating some
1216 * members of a group and thereby changing aggregate results.
1217 *
1218 * We do this check before flatten_group_exprs because we can easily
1219 * identify grouping expressions by checking whether a Var references
1220 * RTE_GROUP, and such Vars directly carry the GROUP BY collation as their
1221 * varcollid. After flattening, these Vars are replaced by the underlying
1222 * expressions, and we would have to match expressions in the HAVING
1223 * clause back to grouping expressions, which is much more complex.
1224 */
1225 if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
1228 else
1230
1231 /*
1232 * Replace any Vars in the subquery's targetlist and havingQual that
1233 * reference GROUP outputs with the underlying grouping expressions.
1234 *
1235 * Note that we need to perform this replacement after we've preprocessed
1236 * the grouping expressions. This is to ensure that there is only one
1237 * instance of SubPlan for each SubLink contained within the grouping
1238 * expressions.
1239 */
1240 if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
1241 {
1242 parse->targetList = (List *)
1243 flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, (Node *) parse->targetList);
1244 parse->havingQual =
1245 flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, parse->havingQual);
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Constant-folding might have removed all set-returning functions */
1249 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
1250 parse->hasTargetSRFs = expression_returns_set((Node *) parse->targetList);
1251
1252 /*
1253 * If we have grouping sets, expand the groupingSets tree of this query to
1254 * a flat list of grouping sets. We need to do this before optimizing
1255 * HAVING, since we can't easily tell if there's an empty grouping set
1256 * until we have this representation.
1257 */
1258 if (parse->groupingSets)
1259 {
1260 parse->groupingSets =
1261 expand_grouping_sets(parse->groupingSets, parse->groupDistinct, -1);
1262 }
1263
1264 /*
1265 * In some cases we may want to transfer a HAVING clause into WHERE. We
1266 * cannot do so if the HAVING clause contains aggregates (obviously) or
1267 * volatile functions (since a HAVING clause is supposed to be executed
1268 * only once per group). We also can't do this if there are any grouping
1269 * sets and the clause references any columns that are nullable by the
1270 * grouping sets; the nulled values of those columns are not available
1271 * before the grouping step. (The test on groupClause might seem wrong,
1272 * but it's okay: it's just an optimization to avoid running pull_varnos
1273 * when there cannot be any Vars in the HAVING clause.)
1274 *
1275 * We also cannot do this if the HAVING clause uses a different collation
1276 * than the GROUP BY for any grouping expression whose GROUP BY collation
1277 * is nondeterministic. This is detected before flatten_group_exprs (see
1278 * find_having_collation_conflicts above) and recorded in the
1279 * havingCollationConflicts bitmapset. The bitmapset indexes remain valid
1280 * here because flatten_group_exprs uses expression_tree_mutator, which
1281 * preserves the list length and ordering of havingQual.
1282 *
1283 * Also, it may be that the clause is so expensive to execute that we're
1284 * better off doing it only once per group, despite the loss of
1285 * selectivity. This is hard to estimate short of doing the entire
1286 * planning process twice, so we use a heuristic: clauses containing
1287 * subplans are left in HAVING. Otherwise, we move or copy the HAVING
1288 * clause into WHERE, in hopes of eliminating tuples before aggregation
1289 * instead of after.
1290 *
1291 * If the query has no empty grouping set then we can simply move such a
1292 * clause into WHERE; any group that fails the clause will not be in the
1293 * output because none of its tuples will reach the grouping or
1294 * aggregation stage. Otherwise we have to keep the clause in HAVING to
1295 * ensure that we don't emit a bogus aggregated row. But then the HAVING
1296 * clause must be degenerate (variable-free), so we can copy it into WHERE
1297 * so that query_planner() can use it in a gating Result node. (This could
1298 * be done better, but it seems not worth optimizing.)
1299 *
1300 * Note that a HAVING clause may contain expressions that are not fully
1301 * preprocessed. This can happen if these expressions are part of
1302 * grouping items. In such cases, they are replaced with GROUP Vars in
1303 * the parser and then replaced back after we're done with expression
1304 * preprocessing on havingQual. This is not an issue if the clause
1305 * remains in HAVING, because these expressions will be matched to lower
1306 * target items in setrefs.c. However, if the clause is moved or copied
1307 * into WHERE, we need to ensure that these expressions are fully
1308 * preprocessed.
1309 *
1310 * Note that both havingQual and parse->jointree->quals are in
1311 * implicitly-ANDed-list form at this point, even though they are declared
1312 * as Node *.
1313 */
1314 newHaving = NIL;
1315 havingIdx = 0;
1316 foreach(l, (List *) parse->havingQual)
1317 {
1318 Node *havingclause = (Node *) lfirst(l);
1319
1324 (parse->groupClause && parse->groupingSets &&
1325 bms_is_member(root->group_rtindex, pull_varnos(root, havingclause))))
1326 {
1327 /* keep it in HAVING */
1329 }
1330 else if (parse->groupClause &&
1331 (parse->groupingSets == NIL ||
1332 (List *) linitial(parse->groupingSets) != NIL))
1333 {
1334 /* There is GROUP BY, but no empty grouping set */
1336
1337 /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
1340 /* ... and move it to WHERE */
1341 parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
1342 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
1343 (List *) whereclause);
1344 }
1345 else
1346 {
1347 /* There is an empty grouping set (perhaps implicitly) */
1349
1350 /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
1353 /* ... and put a copy in WHERE */
1354 parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
1355 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
1356 (List *) whereclause);
1357 /* ... and also keep it in HAVING */
1359 }
1360
1361 havingIdx++;
1362 }
1363 parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
1364
1365 /*
1366 * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
1367 * This step is most easily done after we've done expression
1368 * preprocessing.
1369 */
1370 if (hasOuterJoins)
1372
1373 /*
1374 * If we have any RTE_RESULT relations, see if they can be deleted from
1375 * the jointree. We also rely on this processing to flatten single-child
1376 * FromExprs underneath outer joins. This step is most effectively done
1377 * after we've done expression preprocessing and outer join reduction.
1378 */
1381
1382 /*
1383 * Do the main planning.
1384 */
1385 grouping_planner(root, tuple_fraction, setops);
1386
1387 /*
1388 * Capture the set of outer-level param IDs we have access to, for use in
1389 * extParam/allParam calculations later.
1390 */
1392
1393 /*
1394 * If any initPlans were created in this query level, adjust the surviving
1395 * Paths' costs and parallel-safety flags to account for them. The
1396 * initPlans won't actually get attached to the plan tree till
1397 * create_plan() runs, but we must include their effects now.
1398 */
1401
1402 /*
1403 * Make sure we've identified the cheapest Path for the final rel. (By
1404 * doing this here not in grouping_planner, we include initPlan costs in
1405 * the decision, though it's unlikely that will change anything.)
1406 */
1408
1409 return root;
1410}
1411
1412/*
1413 * preprocess_expression
1414 * Do subquery_planner's preprocessing work for an expression,
1415 * which can be a targetlist, a WHERE clause (including JOIN/ON
1416 * conditions), a HAVING clause, or a few other things.
1417 */
1418static Node *
1420{
1421 /*
1422 * Fall out quickly if expression is empty. This occurs often enough to
1423 * be worth checking. Note that null->null is the correct conversion for
1424 * implicit-AND result format, too.
1425 */
1426 if (expr == NULL)
1427 return NULL;
1428
1429 /*
1430 * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
1431 * base-relation variables. We must do this first, since any expressions
1432 * we may extract from the joinaliasvars lists have not been preprocessed.
1433 * For example, if we did this after sublink processing, sublinks expanded
1434 * out from join aliases would not get processed. But we can skip this in
1435 * non-lateral RTE functions, VALUES lists, and TABLESAMPLE clauses, since
1436 * they can't contain any Vars of the current query level.
1437 */
1438 if (root->hasJoinRTEs &&
1439 !(kind == EXPRKIND_RTFUNC ||
1440 kind == EXPRKIND_VALUES ||
1441 kind == EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE ||
1442 kind == EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC))
1443 expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse, expr);
1444
1445 /*
1446 * Simplify constant expressions. For function RTEs, this was already
1447 * done by preprocess_function_rtes. (But note we must do it again for
1448 * EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL, because those might by now contain
1449 * un-simplified subexpressions inserted by flattening of subqueries or
1450 * join alias variables.)
1451 *
1452 * Note: an essential effect of this is to convert named-argument function
1453 * calls to positional notation and insert the current actual values of
1454 * any default arguments for functions. To ensure that happens, we *must*
1455 * process all expressions here. Previous PG versions sometimes skipped
1456 * const-simplification if it didn't seem worth the trouble, but we can't
1457 * do that anymore.
1458 *
1459 * Note: this also flattens nested AND and OR expressions into N-argument
1460 * form. All processing of a qual expression after this point must be
1461 * careful to maintain AND/OR flatness --- that is, do not generate a tree
1462 * with AND directly under AND, nor OR directly under OR.
1463 */
1464 if (kind != EXPRKIND_RTFUNC)
1465 expr = eval_const_expressions(root, expr);
1466
1467 /*
1468 * If it's a qual or havingQual, canonicalize it.
1469 */
1470 if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
1471 {
1472 expr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) expr, false);
1473
1474#ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
1475 printf("After canonicalize_qual()\n");
1476 pprint(expr);
1477#endif
1478 }
1479
1480 /*
1481 * Check for ANY ScalarArrayOpExpr with Const arrays and set the
1482 * hashfuncid of any that might execute more quickly by using hash lookups
1483 * instead of a linear search.
1484 */
1485 if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL || kind == EXPRKIND_TARGET)
1486 {
1488 }
1489
1490 /* Expand SubLinks to SubPlans */
1491 if (root->parse->hasSubLinks)
1492 expr = SS_process_sublinks(root, expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
1493
1494 /*
1495 * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments in
1496 * SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
1497 */
1498
1499 /* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes (this IS possible in VALUES) */
1500 if (root->query_level > 1)
1501 expr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(root, expr);
1502
1503 /*
1504 * If it's a qual or havingQual, convert it to implicit-AND format. (We
1505 * don't want to do this before eval_const_expressions, since the latter
1506 * would be unable to simplify a top-level AND correctly. Also,
1507 * SS_process_sublinks expects explicit-AND format.)
1508 */
1509 if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
1510 expr = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) expr);
1511
1512 return expr;
1513}
1514
1515/*
1516 * preprocess_qual_conditions
1517 * Recursively scan the query's jointree and do subquery_planner's
1518 * preprocessing work on each qual condition found therein.
1519 */
1520static void
1522{
1523 if (jtnode == NULL)
1524 return;
1525 if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
1526 {
1527 /* nothing to do here */
1528 }
1529 else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
1530 {
1531 FromExpr *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
1532 ListCell *l;
1533
1534 foreach(l, f->fromlist)
1536
1538 }
1539 else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
1540 {
1541 JoinExpr *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
1542
1545
1546 j->quals = preprocess_expression(root, j->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
1547 }
1548 else
1549 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
1550 (int) nodeTag(jtnode));
1551}
1552
1553/*
1554 * find_having_collation_conflicts
1555 * Identify HAVING clauses that must not be moved to WHERE due to collation
1556 * mismatches with GROUP BY.
1557 *
1558 * This must be called before flatten_group_exprs, while the HAVING clause
1559 * still contains GROUP Vars (Vars referencing RTE_GROUP). These GROUP Vars
1560 * carry the GROUP BY collation as their varcollid. A GROUP Var with a
1561 * nondeterministic varcollid conflicts whenever some collation-aware ancestor
1562 * on its path applies a different inputcollid: that operator would distinguish
1563 * values which the GROUP BY considers equal, so the clause is unsafe to push
1564 * to WHERE.
1565 *
1566 * Returns a Bitmapset of zero-based indexes into the havingQual list for
1567 * clauses that have collation conflicts and must stay in HAVING.
1568 */
1569static Bitmapset *
1571{
1574 int idx;
1575
1576 if (parse->havingQual == NULL)
1577 return NULL;
1578
1579 ctx.group_rtindex = group_rtindex;
1580 ctx.ancestor_collids = NIL;
1581
1582 idx = 0;
1583 foreach_ptr(Node, clause, (List *) parse->havingQual)
1584 {
1585 if (having_collation_conflict_walker(clause, &ctx))
1587 idx++;
1588 Assert(ctx.ancestor_collids == NIL);
1589 }
1590
1591 return result;
1592}
1593
1594/*
1595 * Walker function for find_having_collation_conflicts.
1596 *
1597 * Walk the clause top-down, maintaining a stack of inputcollids contributed
1598 * by collation-aware ancestors. At each GROUP Var with a nondeterministic
1599 * varcollid, the clause has a conflict if any ancestor's inputcollid differs
1600 * from the GROUP Var's varcollid. Most collation-aware nodes expose their
1601 * inputcollid through exprInputCollation(). Two structural exceptions need
1602 * special handling:
1603 *
1604 * - RowCompareExpr carries one inputcollid per column in inputcollids[], so we
1605 * descend into its (largs[i], rargs[i]) pairs explicitly with the matching
1606 * collation pushed onto the stack.
1607 *
1608 * - A simple CASE (CaseExpr with a non-NULL arg) holds the arg outside the
1609 * WHEN's OpExpr, even though the WHEN's OpExpr is the place where the
1610 * comparison's inputcollid lives. Parse analysis builds each WHEN as
1611 * "OpExpr(CaseTestExpr op val)" -- the CaseTestExpr is a placeholder for
1612 * the arg. Before walking cexpr->arg we therefore push every WHEN's
1613 * inputcollid onto the ancestor stack, so a GROUP Var at the arg is
1614 * checked against the same collations the WHEN comparisons would apply.
1615 * The WHEN bodies and defresult are then walked under the unchanged stack
1616 * so their own collation contexts are picked up by the default path.
1617 */
1618static bool
1620{
1622 bool result;
1623
1624 if (node == NULL)
1625 return false;
1626
1627 if (IsA(node, Var))
1628 {
1629 Var *var = (Var *) node;
1630
1631 /* We should not see any upper-level Vars here */
1632 Assert(var->varlevelsup == 0);
1633
1634 if (var->varno == ctx->group_rtindex &&
1635 OidIsValid(var->varcollid) &&
1636 !get_collation_isdeterministic(var->varcollid))
1637 {
1639 {
1640 if (collid != var->varcollid)
1641 return true;
1642 }
1643 }
1644 return false;
1645 }
1646
1647 if (IsA(node, RowCompareExpr))
1648 {
1650 ListCell *lc_l;
1651 ListCell *lc_r;
1652 ListCell *lc_c;
1653
1654 /*
1655 * Each column of a row comparison is compared under its own
1656 * inputcollids[i]. Walk each (largs[i], rargs[i]) pair with that
1657 * collation pushed, so a Var in column i is checked against the
1658 * collation that actually applies to it.
1659 */
1660 forthree(lc_l, rcexpr->largs,
1661 lc_r, rcexpr->rargs,
1662 lc_c, rcexpr->inputcollids)
1663 {
1665 bool found;
1666
1667 if (OidIsValid(collid))
1669 collid);
1670
1672 ctx) ||
1674 ctx);
1675
1676 if (OidIsValid(collid))
1677 ctx->ancestor_collids =
1679
1680 if (found)
1681 return true;
1682 }
1683 return false;
1684 }
1685
1686 if (IsA(node, CaseExpr) && ((CaseExpr *) node)->arg != NULL)
1687 {
1688 CaseExpr *cexpr = (CaseExpr *) node;
1690 bool found;
1691
1692 /*
1693 * Push every WHEN's inputcollid before walking cexpr->arg, since each
1694 * WHEN implicitly compares the arg under that inputcollid.
1695 */
1696 foreach_node(CaseWhen, cw, cexpr->args)
1697 {
1698 Oid collid = exprInputCollation((Node *) cw->expr);
1699
1700 if (OidIsValid(collid))
1702 collid);
1703 }
1704
1705 found = having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cexpr->arg, ctx);
1706
1708 saved_len);
1709
1710 if (found)
1711 return true;
1712
1713 /*
1714 * Walk the WHEN bodies and defresult under the unchanged ancestor
1715 * stack; any inputcollids inside them are picked up by the default
1716 * path.
1717 */
1718 foreach_node(CaseWhen, cw, cexpr->args)
1719 {
1720 if (having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cw->expr, ctx) ||
1721 having_collation_conflict_walker((Node *) cw->result, ctx))
1722 return true;
1723 }
1725 ctx);
1726 }
1727
1731 this_collid);
1732
1734 ctx);
1735
1738
1739 return result;
1740}
1741
1742/*
1743 * preprocess_phv_expression
1744 * Do preprocessing on a PlaceHolderVar expression that's been pulled up.
1745 *
1746 * If a LATERAL subquery references an output of another subquery, and that
1747 * output must be wrapped in a PlaceHolderVar because of an intermediate outer
1748 * join, then we'll push the PlaceHolderVar expression down into the subquery
1749 * and later pull it back up during find_lateral_references, which runs after
1750 * subquery_planner has preprocessed all the expressions that were in the
1751 * current query level to start with. So we need to preprocess it then.
1752 */
1753Expr *
1758
1759/*--------------------
1760 * grouping_planner
1761 * Perform planning steps related to grouping, aggregation, etc.
1762 *
1763 * This function adds all required top-level processing to the scan/join
1764 * Path(s) produced by query_planner.
1765 *
1766 * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
1767 * tuple_fraction is interpreted as follows:
1768 * 0: expect all tuples to be retrieved (normal case)
1769 * 0 < tuple_fraction < 1: expect the given fraction of tuples available
1770 * from the plan to be retrieved
1771 * tuple_fraction >= 1: tuple_fraction is the absolute number of tuples
1772 * expected to be retrieved (ie, a LIMIT specification).
1773 * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
1774 * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
1775 * set operation can be generated. NULL when not planning a set operation
1776 * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
1777 *
1778 * Returns nothing; the useful output is in the Paths we attach to the
1779 * (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel in *root. In addition,
1780 * root->processed_tlist contains the final processed targetlist.
1781 *
1782 * Note that we have not done set_cheapest() on the final rel; it's convenient
1783 * to leave this to the caller.
1784 *--------------------
1785 */
1786static void
1787grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
1789{
1790 Query *parse = root->parse;
1791 int64 offset_est = 0;
1792 int64 count_est = 0;
1793 double limit_tuples = -1.0;
1794 bool have_postponed_srfs = false;
1801 FinalPathExtraData extra;
1802 ListCell *lc;
1803
1804 /* Tweak caller-supplied tuple_fraction if have LIMIT/OFFSET */
1805 if (parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset)
1806 {
1807 tuple_fraction = preprocess_limit(root, tuple_fraction,
1808 &offset_est, &count_est);
1809
1810 /*
1811 * If we have a known LIMIT, and don't have an unknown OFFSET, we can
1812 * estimate the effects of using a bounded sort.
1813 */
1814 if (count_est > 0 && offset_est >= 0)
1815 limit_tuples = (double) count_est + (double) offset_est;
1816 }
1817
1818 /* Make tuple_fraction accessible to lower-level routines */
1819 root->tuple_fraction = tuple_fraction;
1820
1821 if (parse->setOperations)
1822 {
1823 /*
1824 * Construct Paths for set operations. The results will not need any
1825 * work except perhaps a top-level sort and/or LIMIT. Note that any
1826 * special work for recursive unions is the responsibility of
1827 * plan_set_operations.
1828 */
1830
1831 /*
1832 * We should not need to call preprocess_targetlist, since we must be
1833 * in a SELECT query node. Instead, use the processed_tlist returned
1834 * by plan_set_operations (since this tells whether it returned any
1835 * resjunk columns!), and transfer any sort key information from the
1836 * original tlist.
1837 */
1838 Assert(parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
1839
1840 /* for safety, copy processed_tlist instead of modifying in-place */
1841 root->processed_tlist =
1842 postprocess_setop_tlist(copyObject(root->processed_tlist),
1843 parse->targetList);
1844
1845 /* Also extract the PathTarget form of the setop result tlist */
1846 final_target = current_rel->cheapest_total_path->pathtarget;
1847
1848 /* And check whether it's parallel safe */
1851
1852 /* The setop result tlist couldn't contain any SRFs */
1853 Assert(!parse->hasTargetSRFs);
1855
1856 /*
1857 * Can't handle FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE here (parser should have
1858 * checked already, but let's make sure).
1859 */
1860 if (parse->rowMarks)
1861 ereport(ERROR,
1863 /*------
1864 translator: %s is a SQL row locking clause such as FOR UPDATE */
1865 errmsg("%s is not allowed with UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT",
1867 parse->rowMarks)->strength))));
1868
1869 /*
1870 * Calculate pathkeys that represent result ordering requirements
1871 */
1872 Assert(parse->distinctClause == NIL);
1873 root->sort_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
1874 parse->sortClause,
1875 root->processed_tlist);
1876 }
1877 else
1878 {
1879 /* No set operations, do regular planning */
1893 bool have_grouping;
1895 List *activeWindows = NIL;
1896 grouping_sets_data *gset_data = NULL;
1898
1899 /* A recursive query should always have setOperations */
1900 Assert(!root->hasRecursion);
1901
1902 /* Preprocess grouping sets and GROUP BY clause, if any */
1903 if (parse->groupingSets)
1904 {
1905 gset_data = preprocess_grouping_sets(root);
1906 }
1907 else if (parse->groupClause)
1908 {
1909 /* Preprocess regular GROUP BY clause, if any */
1910 root->processed_groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, NIL);
1911 }
1912
1913 /*
1914 * Preprocess targetlist. Note that much of the remaining planning
1915 * work will be done with the PathTarget representation of tlists, but
1916 * we must also maintain the full representation of the final tlist so
1917 * that we can transfer its decoration (resnames etc) to the topmost
1918 * tlist of the finished Plan. This is kept in processed_tlist.
1919 */
1921
1922 /*
1923 * Mark all the aggregates with resolved aggtranstypes, and detect
1924 * aggregates that are duplicates or can share transition state. We
1925 * must do this before slicing and dicing the tlist into various
1926 * pathtargets, else some copies of the Aggref nodes might escape
1927 * being marked.
1928 */
1929 if (parse->hasAggs)
1930 {
1931 preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) root->processed_tlist);
1932 preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) parse->havingQual);
1933 }
1934
1935 /*
1936 * Locate any window functions in the tlist. (We don't need to look
1937 * anywhere else, since expressions used in ORDER BY will be in there
1938 * too.) Note that they could all have been eliminated by constant
1939 * folding, in which case we don't need to do any more work.
1940 */
1941 if (parse->hasWindowFuncs)
1942 {
1943 wflists = find_window_functions((Node *) root->processed_tlist,
1944 list_length(parse->windowClause));
1945 if (wflists->numWindowFuncs > 0)
1946 {
1947 /*
1948 * See if any modifications can be made to each WindowClause
1949 * to allow the executor to execute the WindowFuncs more
1950 * quickly.
1951 */
1953
1954 /* Extract the list of windows actually in use. */
1955 activeWindows = select_active_windows(root, wflists);
1956
1957 /* Make sure they all have names, for EXPLAIN's use. */
1958 name_active_windows(activeWindows);
1959 }
1960 else
1961 parse->hasWindowFuncs = false;
1962 }
1963
1964 /*
1965 * Preprocess MIN/MAX aggregates, if any. Note: be careful about
1966 * adding logic between here and the query_planner() call. Anything
1967 * that is needed in MIN/MAX-optimizable cases will have to be
1968 * duplicated in planagg.c.
1969 */
1970 if (parse->hasAggs)
1972
1973 /*
1974 * Figure out whether there's a hard limit on the number of rows that
1975 * query_planner's result subplan needs to return. Even if we know a
1976 * hard limit overall, it doesn't apply if the query has any
1977 * grouping/aggregation operations, or SRFs in the tlist.
1978 */
1979 if (parse->groupClause ||
1980 parse->groupingSets ||
1981 parse->distinctClause ||
1982 parse->hasAggs ||
1983 parse->hasWindowFuncs ||
1984 parse->hasTargetSRFs ||
1985 root->hasHavingQual)
1986 root->limit_tuples = -1.0;
1987 else
1988 root->limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
1989
1990 /* Set up data needed by standard_qp_callback */
1991 qp_extra.activeWindows = activeWindows;
1992 qp_extra.gset_data = gset_data;
1993
1994 /*
1995 * If we're a subquery for a set operation, store the SetOperationStmt
1996 * in qp_extra.
1997 */
1998 qp_extra.setop = setops;
1999
2000 /*
2001 * Generate the best unsorted and presorted paths for the scan/join
2002 * portion of this Query, ie the processing represented by the
2003 * FROM/WHERE clauses. (Note there may not be any presorted paths.)
2004 * We also generate (in standard_qp_callback) pathkey representations
2005 * of the query's sort clause, distinct clause, etc.
2006 */
2008
2009 /*
2010 * Convert the query's result tlist into PathTarget format.
2011 *
2012 * Note: this cannot be done before query_planner() has performed
2013 * appendrel expansion, because that might add resjunk entries to
2014 * root->processed_tlist. Waiting till afterwards is also helpful
2015 * because the target width estimates can use per-Var width numbers
2016 * that were obtained within query_planner().
2017 */
2018 final_target = create_pathtarget(root, root->processed_tlist);
2021
2022 /*
2023 * If ORDER BY was given, consider whether we should use a post-sort
2024 * projection, and compute the adjusted target for preceding steps if
2025 * so.
2026 */
2027 if (parse->sortClause)
2028 {
2034 }
2035 else
2036 {
2039 }
2040
2041 /*
2042 * If we have window functions to deal with, the output from any
2043 * grouping step needs to be what the window functions want;
2044 * otherwise, it should be sort_input_target.
2045 */
2046 if (activeWindows)
2047 {
2050 activeWindows);
2053 }
2054 else
2055 {
2058 }
2059
2060 /*
2061 * If we have grouping or aggregation to do, the topmost scan/join
2062 * plan node must emit what the grouping step wants; otherwise, it
2063 * should emit grouping_target.
2064 */
2065 have_grouping = (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets ||
2066 parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual);
2067 if (have_grouping)
2068 {
2072 }
2073 else
2074 {
2077 }
2078
2079 /*
2080 * If there are any SRFs in the targetlist, we must separate each of
2081 * these PathTargets into SRF-computing and SRF-free targets. Replace
2082 * each of the named targets with a SRF-free version, and remember the
2083 * list of additional projection steps we need to add afterwards.
2084 */
2085 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2086 {
2087 /* final_target doesn't recompute any SRFs in sort_input_target */
2093 /* likewise for sort_input_target vs. grouping_target */
2099 /* likewise for grouping_target vs. scanjoin_target */
2106 /* scanjoin_target will not have any SRFs precomputed for it */
2112 }
2113 else
2114 {
2115 /* initialize lists; for most of these, dummy values are OK */
2121 }
2122
2123 /* Apply scan/join target. */
2125 && equal(scanjoin_target->exprs, current_rel->reltarget->exprs);
2130
2131 /*
2132 * Save the various upper-rel PathTargets we just computed into
2133 * root->upper_targets[]. The core code doesn't use this, but it
2134 * provides a convenient place for extensions to get at the info. For
2135 * consistency, we save all the intermediate targets, even though some
2136 * of the corresponding upperrels might not be needed for this query.
2137 */
2138 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL] = final_target;
2139 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_ORDERED] = final_target;
2140 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
2142 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_WINDOW] = sort_input_target;
2143 root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG] = grouping_target;
2144
2145 /*
2146 * If we have grouping and/or aggregation, consider ways to implement
2147 * that. We build a new upperrel representing the output of this
2148 * phase.
2149 */
2150 if (have_grouping)
2151 {
2156 gset_data);
2157 /* Fix things up if grouping_target contains SRFs */
2158 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2162 }
2163
2164 /*
2165 * If we have window functions, consider ways to implement those. We
2166 * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
2167 */
2168 if (activeWindows)
2169 {
2175 wflists,
2176 activeWindows);
2177 /* Fix things up if sort_input_target contains SRFs */
2178 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2182 }
2183
2184 /*
2185 * If there is a DISTINCT clause, consider ways to implement that. We
2186 * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
2187 */
2188 if (parse->distinctClause)
2189 {
2193 }
2194 } /* end of if (setOperations) */
2195
2196 /*
2197 * If ORDER BY was given, consider ways to implement that, and generate a
2198 * new upperrel containing only paths that emit the correct ordering and
2199 * project the correct final_target. We can apply the original
2200 * limit_tuples limit in sort costing here, but only if there are no
2201 * postponed SRFs.
2202 */
2203 if (parse->sortClause)
2204 {
2209 have_postponed_srfs ? -1.0 :
2210 limit_tuples);
2211 /* Fix things up if final_target contains SRFs */
2212 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
2216 }
2217
2218 /*
2219 * Now we are prepared to build the final-output upperrel.
2220 */
2222
2223 /*
2224 * If the input rel is marked consider_parallel and there's nothing that's
2225 * not parallel-safe in the LIMIT clause, then the final_rel can be marked
2226 * consider_parallel as well. Note that if the query has rowMarks or is
2227 * not a SELECT, consider_parallel will be false for every relation in the
2228 * query.
2229 */
2230 if (current_rel->consider_parallel &&
2231 is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitOffset) &&
2232 is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitCount))
2233 final_rel->consider_parallel = true;
2234
2235 /*
2236 * If the current_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the final_rel.
2237 */
2238 final_rel->serverid = current_rel->serverid;
2239 final_rel->userid = current_rel->userid;
2240 final_rel->useridiscurrent = current_rel->useridiscurrent;
2241 final_rel->fdwroutine = current_rel->fdwroutine;
2242
2243 /*
2244 * Generate paths for the final_rel. Insert all surviving paths, with
2245 * LockRows, Limit, and/or ModifyTable steps added if needed.
2246 */
2247 foreach(lc, current_rel->pathlist)
2248 {
2249 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
2250
2251 /*
2252 * If there is a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, add the LockRows node.
2253 * (Note: we intentionally test parse->rowMarks not root->rowMarks
2254 * here. If there are only non-locking rowmarks, they should be
2255 * handled by the ModifyTable node instead. However, root->rowMarks
2256 * is what goes into the LockRows node.)
2257 */
2258 if (parse->rowMarks)
2259 {
2260 path = (Path *) create_lockrows_path(root, final_rel, path,
2261 root->rowMarks,
2263 }
2264
2265 /*
2266 * If there is a LIMIT/OFFSET clause, add the LIMIT node.
2267 */
2268 if (limit_needed(parse))
2269 {
2270 path = (Path *) create_limit_path(root, final_rel, path,
2271 parse->limitOffset,
2272 parse->limitCount,
2273 parse->limitOption,
2274 offset_est, count_est);
2275 }
2276
2277 /*
2278 * If this is an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE, add the ModifyTable node.
2279 */
2280 if (parse->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
2281 {
2282 Index rootRelation;
2283 List *resultRelations = NIL;
2284 List *updateColnosLists = NIL;
2285 List *withCheckOptionLists = NIL;
2286 List *returningLists = NIL;
2287 List *mergeActionLists = NIL;
2288 List *mergeJoinConditions = NIL;
2289 List *rowMarks;
2290
2291 if (bms_membership(root->all_result_relids) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
2292 {
2293 /* Inherited UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE */
2295 parse->resultRelation);
2296 int resultRelation = -1;
2297
2298 /* Pass the root result rel forward to the executor. */
2299 rootRelation = parse->resultRelation;
2300
2301 /* Add only leaf children to ModifyTable. */
2302 while ((resultRelation = bms_next_member(root->leaf_result_relids,
2303 resultRelation)) >= 0)
2304 {
2306 resultRelation);
2307
2308 /*
2309 * Also exclude any leaf rels that have turned dummy since
2310 * being added to the list, for example, by being excluded
2311 * by constraint exclusion.
2312 */
2314 continue;
2315
2316 /* Build per-target-rel lists needed by ModifyTable */
2317 resultRelations = lappend_int(resultRelations,
2318 resultRelation);
2319 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2320 {
2321 List *update_colnos = root->update_colnos;
2322
2324 update_colnos =
2326 update_colnos,
2327 this_result_rel->relid,
2328 top_result_rel->relid);
2329 updateColnosLists = lappend(updateColnosLists,
2330 update_colnos);
2331 }
2332 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2333 {
2334 List *withCheckOptions = parse->withCheckOptions;
2335
2342 withCheckOptionLists = lappend(withCheckOptionLists,
2344 }
2345 if (parse->returningList)
2346 {
2347 List *returningList = parse->returningList;
2348
2350 returningList = (List *)
2352 (Node *) returningList,
2355 returningLists = lappend(returningLists,
2356 returningList);
2357 }
2358 if (parse->mergeActionList)
2359 {
2360 ListCell *l;
2361 List *mergeActionList = NIL;
2362
2363 /*
2364 * Copy MergeActions and translate stuff that
2365 * references attribute numbers.
2366 */
2367 foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
2368 {
2369 MergeAction *action = lfirst(l),
2370 *leaf_action = copyObject(action);
2371
2372 leaf_action->qual =
2374 (Node *) action->qual,
2377 leaf_action->targetList = (List *)
2379 (Node *) action->targetList,
2382 if (leaf_action->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2383 leaf_action->updateColnos =
2385 action->updateColnos,
2386 this_result_rel->relid,
2387 top_result_rel->relid);
2388 mergeActionList = lappend(mergeActionList,
2389 leaf_action);
2390 }
2391
2392 mergeActionLists = lappend(mergeActionLists,
2393 mergeActionList);
2394 }
2395 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2396 {
2397 Node *mergeJoinCondition = parse->mergeJoinCondition;
2398
2400 mergeJoinCondition =
2402 mergeJoinCondition,
2405 mergeJoinConditions = lappend(mergeJoinConditions,
2406 mergeJoinCondition);
2407 }
2408 }
2409
2410 if (resultRelations == NIL)
2411 {
2412 /*
2413 * We managed to exclude every child rel, so generate a
2414 * dummy one-relation plan using info for the top target
2415 * rel (even though that may not be a leaf target).
2416 * Although it's clear that no data will be updated or
2417 * deleted, we still need to have a ModifyTable node so
2418 * that any statement triggers will be executed. (This
2419 * could be cleaner if we fixed nodeModifyTable.c to allow
2420 * zero target relations, but that probably wouldn't be a
2421 * net win.)
2422 */
2423 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
2424 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2425 updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
2426 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2427 withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
2428 if (parse->returningList)
2429 returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
2430 if (parse->mergeActionList)
2431 mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
2432 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2433 mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
2434 }
2435 }
2436 else
2437 {
2438 /* Single-relation INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE. */
2439 rootRelation = 0; /* there's no separate root rel */
2440 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
2441 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
2442 updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
2443 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
2444 withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
2445 if (parse->returningList)
2446 returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
2447 if (parse->mergeActionList)
2448 mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
2449 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
2450 mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
2451 }
2452
2453 /*
2454 * If there was a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, the LockRows node
2455 * will have dealt with fetching non-locked marked rows, else we
2456 * need to have ModifyTable do that.
2457 */
2458 if (parse->rowMarks)
2459 rowMarks = NIL;
2460 else
2461 rowMarks = root->rowMarks;
2462
2463 path = (Path *)
2465 path,
2466 parse->commandType,
2467 parse->canSetTag,
2468 parse->resultRelation,
2469 rootRelation,
2470 resultRelations,
2471 updateColnosLists,
2472 withCheckOptionLists,
2473 returningLists,
2474 rowMarks,
2475 parse->onConflict,
2476 mergeActionLists,
2477 mergeJoinConditions,
2478 parse->forPortionOf,
2480 }
2481
2482 /* And shove it into final_rel */
2483 add_path(final_rel, path);
2484 }
2485
2486 /*
2487 * Generate partial paths for final_rel, too, if outer query levels might
2488 * be able to make use of them.
2489 */
2490 if (final_rel->consider_parallel && root->query_level > 1 &&
2492 {
2493 Assert(!parse->rowMarks && parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
2494 foreach(lc, current_rel->partial_pathlist)
2495 {
2496 Path *partial_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
2497
2499 }
2500 }
2501
2503 extra.limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
2504 extra.count_est = count_est;
2505 extra.offset_est = offset_est;
2506
2507 /*
2508 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
2509 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
2510 */
2511 if (final_rel->fdwroutine &&
2512 final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
2513 final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
2515 &extra);
2516
2517 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
2519 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
2520 current_rel, final_rel, &extra);
2521
2522 /* Note: currently, we leave it to callers to do set_cheapest() */
2523}
2524
2525/*
2526 * Do preprocessing for groupingSets clause and related data.
2527 *
2528 * We expect that parse->groupingSets has already been expanded into a flat
2529 * list of grouping sets (that is, just integer Lists of ressortgroupref
2530 * numbers) by expand_grouping_sets(). This function handles the preliminary
2531 * steps of organizing the grouping sets into lists of rollups, and preparing
2532 * annotations which will later be filled in with size estimates.
2533 */
2534static grouping_sets_data *
2536{
2537 Query *parse = root->parse;
2538 List *sets;
2539 int maxref = 0;
2542
2543 /*
2544 * We don't currently make any attempt to optimize the groupClause when
2545 * there are grouping sets, so just duplicate it in processed_groupClause.
2546 */
2547 root->processed_groupClause = parse->groupClause;
2548
2549 /* Detect unhashable and unsortable grouping expressions */
2550 gd->any_hashable = false;
2551 gd->unhashable_refs = NULL;
2552 gd->unsortable_refs = NULL;
2553 gd->unsortable_sets = NIL;
2554
2555 if (parse->groupClause)
2556 {
2557 ListCell *lc;
2558
2559 foreach(lc, parse->groupClause)
2560 {
2562 Index ref = gc->tleSortGroupRef;
2563
2564 if (ref > maxref)
2565 maxref = ref;
2566
2567 if (!gc->hashable)
2568 gd->unhashable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unhashable_refs, ref);
2569
2570 if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop))
2571 gd->unsortable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unsortable_refs, ref);
2572 }
2573 }
2574
2575 /* Allocate workspace array for remapping */
2576 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map = (int *) palloc((maxref + 1) * sizeof(int));
2577
2578 /*
2579 * If we have any unsortable sets, we must extract them before trying to
2580 * prepare rollups. Unsortable sets don't go through
2581 * reorder_grouping_sets, so we must apply the GroupingSetData annotation
2582 * here.
2583 */
2584 if (!bms_is_empty(gd->unsortable_refs))
2585 {
2587 ListCell *lc;
2588
2589 foreach(lc, parse->groupingSets)
2590 {
2591 List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
2592
2593 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unsortable_refs, gset))
2594 {
2596
2597 gs->set = gset;
2598 gd->unsortable_sets = lappend(gd->unsortable_sets, gs);
2599
2600 /*
2601 * We must enforce here that an unsortable set is hashable;
2602 * later code assumes this. Parse analysis only checks that
2603 * every individual column is either hashable or sortable.
2604 *
2605 * Note that passing this test doesn't guarantee we can
2606 * generate a plan; there might be other showstoppers.
2607 */
2608 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gset))
2609 ereport(ERROR,
2611 errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
2612 errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
2613 }
2614 else
2616 }
2617
2618 if (sortable_sets)
2620 else
2621 sets = NIL;
2622 }
2623 else
2624 sets = extract_rollup_sets(parse->groupingSets);
2625
2626 foreach(lc_set, sets)
2627 {
2631
2632 /*
2633 * Reorder the current list of grouping sets into correct prefix
2634 * order. If only one aggregation pass is needed, try to make the
2635 * list match the ORDER BY clause; if more than one pass is needed, we
2636 * don't bother with that.
2637 *
2638 * Note that this reorders the sets from smallest-member-first to
2639 * largest-member-first, and applies the GroupingSetData annotations,
2640 * though the data will be filled in later.
2641 */
2643 (list_length(sets) == 1
2644 ? parse->sortClause
2645 : NIL));
2646
2647 /*
2648 * Get the initial (and therefore largest) grouping set.
2649 */
2651
2652 /*
2653 * Order the groupClause appropriately. If the first grouping set is
2654 * empty, then the groupClause must also be empty; otherwise we have
2655 * to force the groupClause to match that grouping set's order.
2656 *
2657 * (The first grouping set can be empty even though parse->groupClause
2658 * is not empty only if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable.
2659 * The groupClauses for hashed grouping sets are built later on.)
2660 */
2661 if (gs->set)
2662 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
2663 else
2664 rollup->groupClause = NIL;
2665
2666 /*
2667 * Is it hashable? We pretend empty sets are hashable even though we
2668 * actually force them not to be hashed later. But don't bother if
2669 * there's nothing but empty sets (since in that case we can't hash
2670 * anything).
2671 */
2672 if (gs->set &&
2673 !bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gs->set))
2674 {
2675 rollup->hashable = true;
2676 gd->any_hashable = true;
2677 }
2678
2679 /*
2680 * Now that we've pinned down an order for the groupClause for this
2681 * list of grouping sets, we need to remap the entries in the grouping
2682 * sets from sortgrouprefs to plain indices (0-based) into the
2683 * groupClause for this collection of grouping sets. We keep the
2684 * original form for later use, though.
2685 */
2686 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
2688 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
2689 rollup->gsets_data = current_sets;
2690
2691 gd->rollups = lappend(gd->rollups, rollup);
2692 }
2693
2694 if (gd->unsortable_sets)
2695 {
2696 /*
2697 * We have not yet pinned down a groupclause for this, but we will
2698 * need index-based lists for estimation purposes. Construct
2699 * hash_sets_idx based on the entire original groupclause for now.
2700 */
2701 gd->hash_sets_idx = remap_to_groupclause_idx(parse->groupClause,
2702 gd->unsortable_sets,
2703 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
2704 gd->any_hashable = true;
2705 }
2706
2707 return gd;
2708}
2709
2710/*
2711 * Given a groupclause and a list of GroupingSetData, return equivalent sets
2712 * (without annotation) mapped to indexes into the given groupclause.
2713 */
2714static List *
2716 List *gsets,
2717 int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
2718{
2719 int ref = 0;
2720 List *result = NIL;
2721 ListCell *lc;
2722
2723 foreach(lc, groupClause)
2724 {
2726
2727 tleref_to_colnum_map[gc->tleSortGroupRef] = ref++;
2728 }
2729
2730 foreach(lc, gsets)
2731 {
2732 List *set = NIL;
2733 ListCell *lc2;
2735
2736 foreach(lc2, gs->set)
2737 {
2738 set = lappend_int(set, tleref_to_colnum_map[lfirst_int(lc2)]);
2739 }
2740
2741 result = lappend(result, set);
2742 }
2743
2744 return result;
2745}
2746
2747
2748/*
2749 * preprocess_rowmarks - set up PlanRowMarks if needed
2750 */
2751static void
2753{
2754 Query *parse = root->parse;
2755 Bitmapset *rels;
2756 List *prowmarks;
2757 ListCell *l;
2758 int i;
2759
2760 if (parse->rowMarks)
2761 {
2762 /*
2763 * We've got trouble if FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE appears inside
2764 * grouping, since grouping renders a reference to individual tuple
2765 * CTIDs invalid. This is also checked at parse time, but that's
2766 * insufficient because of rule substitution, query pullup, etc.
2767 */
2769 parse->rowMarks)->strength);
2770 }
2771 else
2772 {
2773 /*
2774 * We only need rowmarks for UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or FOR [KEY]
2775 * UPDATE/SHARE.
2776 */
2777 if (parse->commandType != CMD_UPDATE &&
2778 parse->commandType != CMD_DELETE &&
2779 parse->commandType != CMD_MERGE)
2780 return;
2781 }
2782
2783 /*
2784 * We need to have rowmarks for all base relations except the target. We
2785 * make a bitmapset of all base rels and then remove the items we don't
2786 * need or have FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE marks for.
2787 */
2788 rels = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) parse->jointree, false, false);
2789 if (parse->resultRelation)
2790 rels = bms_del_member(rels, parse->resultRelation);
2791
2792 /*
2793 * Convert RowMarkClauses to PlanRowMark representation.
2794 */
2795 prowmarks = NIL;
2796 foreach(l, parse->rowMarks)
2797 {
2799 RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rc->rti, parse->rtable);
2801
2802 /*
2803 * Currently, it is syntactically impossible to have FOR UPDATE et al
2804 * applied to an update/delete target rel. If that ever becomes
2805 * possible, we should drop the target from the PlanRowMark list.
2806 */
2807 Assert(rc->rti != parse->resultRelation);
2808
2809 /*
2810 * Ignore RowMarkClauses for subqueries; they aren't real tables and
2811 * can't support true locking. Subqueries that got flattened into the
2812 * main query should be ignored completely. Any that didn't will get
2813 * ROW_MARK_COPY items in the next loop.
2814 */
2815 if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
2816 continue;
2817
2818 rels = bms_del_member(rels, rc->rti);
2819
2821 newrc->rti = newrc->prti = rc->rti;
2822 newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
2823 newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, rc->strength);
2824 newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
2825 newrc->strength = rc->strength;
2826 newrc->waitPolicy = rc->waitPolicy;
2827 newrc->isParent = false;
2828
2830 }
2831
2832 /*
2833 * Now, add rowmarks for any non-target, non-locked base relations.
2834 */
2835 i = 0;
2836 foreach(l, parse->rtable)
2837 {
2840
2841 i++;
2842 if (!bms_is_member(i, rels))
2843 continue;
2844
2846 newrc->rti = newrc->prti = i;
2847 newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
2848 newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, LCS_NONE);
2849 newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
2850 newrc->strength = LCS_NONE;
2851 newrc->waitPolicy = LockWaitBlock; /* doesn't matter */
2852 newrc->isParent = false;
2853
2855 }
2856
2857 root->rowMarks = prowmarks;
2858}
2859
2860/*
2861 * Select RowMarkType to use for a given table
2862 */
2865{
2866 if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
2867 {
2868 /* If it's not a table at all, use ROW_MARK_COPY */
2869 return ROW_MARK_COPY;
2870 }
2871 else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2872 {
2873 /* Let the FDW select the rowmark type, if it wants to */
2874 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByRelId(rte->relid);
2875
2876 if (fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType != NULL)
2877 return fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType(rte, strength);
2878 /* Otherwise, use ROW_MARK_COPY by default */
2879 return ROW_MARK_COPY;
2880 }
2881 else
2882 {
2883 /* Regular table, apply the appropriate lock type */
2884 switch (strength)
2885 {
2886 case LCS_NONE:
2887
2888 /*
2889 * We don't need a tuple lock, only the ability to re-fetch
2890 * the row.
2891 */
2892 return ROW_MARK_REFERENCE;
2893 break;
2894 case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
2895 return ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE;
2896 break;
2897 case LCS_FORSHARE:
2898 return ROW_MARK_SHARE;
2899 break;
2900 case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
2902 break;
2903 case LCS_FORUPDATE:
2904 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;
2905 break;
2906 }
2907 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized LockClauseStrength %d", (int) strength);
2908 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE; /* keep compiler quiet */
2909 }
2910}
2911
2912/*
2913 * preprocess_limit - do pre-estimation for LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses
2914 *
2915 * We try to estimate the values of the LIMIT/OFFSET clauses, and pass the
2916 * results back in *count_est and *offset_est. These variables are set to
2917 * 0 if the corresponding clause is not present, and -1 if it's present
2918 * but we couldn't estimate the value for it. (The "0" convention is OK
2919 * for OFFSET but a little bit bogus for LIMIT: effectively we estimate
2920 * LIMIT 0 as though it were LIMIT 1. But this is in line with the planner's
2921 * usual practice of never estimating less than one row.) These values will
2922 * be passed to create_limit_path, which see if you change this code.
2923 *
2924 * The return value is the suitably adjusted tuple_fraction to use for
2925 * planning the query. This adjustment is not overridable, since it reflects
2926 * plan actions that grouping_planner() will certainly take, not assumptions
2927 * about context.
2928 */
2929static double
2930preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
2931 int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
2932{
2933 Query *parse = root->parse;
2934 Node *est;
2935 double limit_fraction;
2936
2937 /* Should not be called unless LIMIT or OFFSET */
2938 Assert(parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset);
2939
2940 /*
2941 * Try to obtain the clause values. We use estimate_expression_value
2942 * primarily because it can sometimes do something useful with Params.
2943 */
2944 if (parse->limitCount)
2945 {
2946 est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitCount);
2947 if (est && IsA(est, Const))
2948 {
2949 if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
2950 {
2951 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
2952 *count_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2953 }
2954 else
2955 {
2956 *count_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
2957 if (*count_est <= 0)
2958 *count_est = 1; /* force to at least 1 */
2959 }
2960 }
2961 else
2962 *count_est = -1; /* can't estimate */
2963 }
2964 else
2965 *count_est = 0; /* not present */
2966
2967 if (parse->limitOffset)
2968 {
2969 est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitOffset);
2970 if (est && IsA(est, Const))
2971 {
2972 if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
2973 {
2974 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor will too */
2975 *offset_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2976 }
2977 else
2978 {
2979 *offset_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
2980 if (*offset_est < 0)
2981 *offset_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
2982 }
2983 }
2984 else
2985 *offset_est = -1; /* can't estimate */
2986 }
2987 else
2988 *offset_est = 0; /* not present */
2989
2990 if (*count_est != 0)
2991 {
2992 /*
2993 * A LIMIT clause limits the absolute number of tuples returned.
2994 * However, if it's not a constant LIMIT then we have to guess; for
2995 * lack of a better idea, assume 10% of the plan's result is wanted.
2996 */
2997 if (*count_est < 0 || *offset_est < 0)
2998 {
2999 /* LIMIT or OFFSET is an expression ... punt ... */
3000 limit_fraction = 0.10;
3001 }
3002 else
3003 {
3004 /* LIMIT (plus OFFSET, if any) is max number of tuples needed */
3005 limit_fraction = (double) *count_est + (double) *offset_est;
3006 }
3007
3008 /*
3009 * If we have absolute limits from both caller and LIMIT, use the
3010 * smaller value; likewise if they are both fractional. If one is
3011 * fractional and the other absolute, we can't easily determine which
3012 * is smaller, but we use the heuristic that the absolute will usually
3013 * be smaller.
3014 */
3015 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3016 {
3017 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3018 {
3019 /* both absolute */
3020 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
3021 }
3022 else
3023 {
3024 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use caller's value */
3025 }
3026 }
3027 else if (tuple_fraction > 0.0)
3028 {
3029 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3030 {
3031 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use limit */
3032 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3033 }
3034 else
3035 {
3036 /* both fractional */
3037 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
3038 }
3039 }
3040 else
3041 {
3042 /* no info from caller, just use limit */
3043 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3044 }
3045 }
3046 else if (*offset_est != 0 && tuple_fraction > 0.0)
3047 {
3048 /*
3049 * We have an OFFSET but no LIMIT. This acts entirely differently
3050 * from the LIMIT case: here, we need to increase rather than decrease
3051 * the caller's tuple_fraction, because the OFFSET acts to cause more
3052 * tuples to be fetched instead of fewer. This only matters if we got
3053 * a tuple_fraction > 0, however.
3054 *
3055 * As above, use 10% if OFFSET is present but unestimatable.
3056 */
3057 if (*offset_est < 0)
3058 limit_fraction = 0.10;
3059 else
3060 limit_fraction = (double) *offset_est;
3061
3062 /*
3063 * If we have absolute counts from both caller and OFFSET, add them
3064 * together; likewise if they are both fractional. If one is
3065 * fractional and the other absolute, we want to take the larger, and
3066 * we heuristically assume that's the fractional one.
3067 */
3068 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3069 {
3070 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3071 {
3072 /* both absolute, so add them together */
3073 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
3074 }
3075 else
3076 {
3077 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use limit */
3078 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
3079 }
3080 }
3081 else
3082 {
3083 if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
3084 {
3085 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use caller's value */
3086 }
3087 else
3088 {
3089 /* both fractional, so add them together */
3090 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
3091 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
3092 tuple_fraction = 0.0; /* assume fetch all */
3093 }
3094 }
3095 }
3096
3097 return tuple_fraction;
3098}
3099
3100/*
3101 * limit_needed - do we actually need a Limit plan node?
3102 *
3103 * If we have constant-zero OFFSET and constant-null LIMIT, we can skip adding
3104 * a Limit node. This is worth checking for because "OFFSET 0" is a common
3105 * locution for an optimization fence. (Because other places in the planner
3106 * merely check whether parse->limitOffset isn't NULL, it will still work as
3107 * an optimization fence --- we're just suppressing unnecessary run-time
3108 * overhead.)
3109 *
3110 * This might look like it could be merged into preprocess_limit, but there's
3111 * a key distinction: here we need hard constants in OFFSET/LIMIT, whereas
3112 * in preprocess_limit it's good enough to consider estimated values.
3113 */
3114bool
3116{
3117 Node *node;
3118
3119 node = parse->limitCount;
3120 if (node)
3121 {
3122 if (IsA(node, Const))
3123 {
3124 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
3125 if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
3126 return true; /* LIMIT with a constant value */
3127 }
3128 else
3129 return true; /* non-constant LIMIT */
3130 }
3131
3132 node = parse->limitOffset;
3133 if (node)
3134 {
3135 if (IsA(node, Const))
3136 {
3137 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor would too */
3138 if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
3139 {
3140 int64 offset = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) node)->constvalue);
3141
3142 if (offset != 0)
3143 return true; /* OFFSET with a nonzero value */
3144 }
3145 }
3146 else
3147 return true; /* non-constant OFFSET */
3148 }
3149
3150 return false; /* don't need a Limit plan node */
3151}
3152
3153/*
3154 * preprocess_groupclause - do preparatory work on GROUP BY clause
3155 *
3156 * The idea here is to adjust the ordering of the GROUP BY elements
3157 * (which in itself is semantically insignificant) to match ORDER BY,
3158 * thereby allowing a single sort operation to both implement the ORDER BY
3159 * requirement and set up for a Unique step that implements GROUP BY.
3160 * We also consider partial match between GROUP BY and ORDER BY elements,
3161 * which could allow to implement ORDER BY using the incremental sort.
3162 *
3163 * We also consider other orderings of the GROUP BY elements, which could
3164 * match the sort ordering of other possible plans (eg an indexscan) and
3165 * thereby reduce cost. This is implemented during the generation of grouping
3166 * paths. See get_useful_group_keys_orderings() for details.
3167 *
3168 * Note: we need no comparable processing of the distinctClause because
3169 * the parser already enforced that that matches ORDER BY.
3170 *
3171 * Note: we return a fresh List, but its elements are the same
3172 * SortGroupClauses appearing in parse->groupClause. This is important
3173 * because later processing may modify the processed_groupClause list.
3174 *
3175 * For grouping sets, the order of items is instead forced to agree with that
3176 * of the grouping set (and items not in the grouping set are skipped). The
3177 * work of sorting the order of grouping set elements to match the ORDER BY if
3178 * possible is done elsewhere.
3179 */
3180static List *
3182{
3183 Query *parse = root->parse;
3185 ListCell *sl;
3186 ListCell *gl;
3187
3188 /* For grouping sets, we need to force the ordering */
3189 if (force)
3190 {
3191 foreach(sl, force)
3192 {
3195
3197 }
3198
3199 return new_groupclause;
3200 }
3201
3202 /* If no ORDER BY, nothing useful to do here */
3203 if (parse->sortClause == NIL)
3204 return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3205
3206 /*
3207 * Scan the ORDER BY clause and construct a list of matching GROUP BY
3208 * items, but only as far as we can make a matching prefix.
3209 *
3210 * This code assumes that the sortClause contains no duplicate items.
3211 */
3212 foreach(sl, parse->sortClause)
3213 {
3215
3216 foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
3217 {
3219
3220 if (equal(gc, sc))
3221 {
3223 break;
3224 }
3225 }
3226 if (gl == NULL)
3227 break; /* no match, so stop scanning */
3228 }
3229
3230
3231 /* If no match at all, no point in reordering GROUP BY */
3232 if (new_groupclause == NIL)
3233 return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3234
3235 /*
3236 * Add any remaining GROUP BY items to the new list. We don't require a
3237 * complete match, because even partial match allows ORDER BY to be
3238 * implemented using incremental sort. Also, give up if there are any
3239 * non-sortable GROUP BY items, since then there's no hope anyway.
3240 */
3241 foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
3242 {
3244
3246 continue; /* it matched an ORDER BY item */
3247 if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop)) /* give up, GROUP BY can't be sorted */
3248 return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
3250 }
3251
3252 /* Success --- install the rearranged GROUP BY list */
3254 return new_groupclause;
3255}
3256
3257/*
3258 * Extract lists of grouping sets that can be implemented using a single
3259 * rollup-type aggregate pass each. Returns a list of lists of grouping sets.
3260 *
3261 * Input must be sorted with smallest sets first. Result has each sublist
3262 * sorted with smallest sets first.
3263 *
3264 * We want to produce the absolute minimum possible number of lists here to
3265 * avoid excess sorts. Fortunately, there is an algorithm for this; the problem
3266 * of finding the minimal partition of a partially-ordered set into chains
3267 * (which is what we need, taking the list of grouping sets as a poset ordered
3268 * by set inclusion) can be mapped to the problem of finding the maximum
3269 * cardinality matching on a bipartite graph, which is solvable in polynomial
3270 * time with a worst case of no worse than O(n^2.5) and usually much
3271 * better. Since our N is at most 4096, we don't need to consider fallbacks to
3272 * heuristic or approximate methods. (Planning time for a 12-d cube is under
3273 * half a second on my modest system even with optimization off and assertions
3274 * on.)
3275 */
3276static List *
3278{
3279 int num_sets_raw = list_length(groupingSets);
3280 int num_empty = 0;
3281 int num_sets = 0; /* distinct sets */
3282 int num_chains = 0;
3283 List *result = NIL;
3284 List **results;
3285 List **orig_sets;
3287 int *chains;
3288 short **adjacency;
3289 short *adjacency_buf;
3291 int i;
3292 int j;
3293 int j_size;
3294 ListCell *lc1 = list_head(groupingSets);
3295 ListCell *lc;
3296
3297 /*
3298 * Start by stripping out empty sets. The algorithm doesn't require this,
3299 * but the planner currently needs all empty sets to be returned in the
3300 * first list, so we strip them here and add them back after.
3301 */
3302 while (lc1 && lfirst(lc1) == NIL)
3303 {
3304 ++num_empty;
3305 lc1 = lnext(groupingSets, lc1);
3306 }
3307
3308 /* bail out now if it turns out that all we had were empty sets. */
3309 if (!lc1)
3310 return list_make1(groupingSets);
3311
3312 /*----------
3313 * We don't strictly need to remove duplicate sets here, but if we don't,
3314 * they tend to become scattered through the result, which is a bit
3315 * confusing (and irritating if we ever decide to optimize them out).
3316 * So we remove them here and add them back after.
3317 *
3318 * For each non-duplicate set, we fill in the following:
3319 *
3320 * orig_sets[i] = list of the original set lists
3321 * set_masks[i] = bitmapset for testing inclusion
3322 * adjacency[i] = array [n, v1, v2, ... vn] of adjacency indices
3323 *
3324 * chains[i] will be the result group this set is assigned to.
3325 *
3326 * We index all of these from 1 rather than 0 because it is convenient
3327 * to leave 0 free for the NIL node in the graph algorithm.
3328 *----------
3329 */
3330 orig_sets = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(List *));
3331 set_masks = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(Bitmapset *));
3332 adjacency = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short *));
3333 adjacency_buf = palloc((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short));
3334
3335 j_size = 0;
3336 j = 0;
3337 i = 1;
3338
3339 for_each_cell(lc, groupingSets, lc1)
3340 {
3341 List *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
3343 ListCell *lc2;
3344 int dup_of = 0;
3345
3346 foreach(lc2, candidate)
3347 {
3349 }
3350
3351 /* we can only be a dup if we're the same length as a previous set */
3353 {
3354 int k;
3355
3356 for (k = j; k < i; ++k)
3357 {
3359 {
3360 dup_of = k;
3361 break;
3362 }
3363 }
3364 }
3365 else if (j_size < list_length(candidate))
3366 {
3368 j = i;
3369 }
3370
3371 if (dup_of > 0)
3372 {
3375 }
3376 else
3377 {
3378 int k;
3379 int n_adj = 0;
3380
3383
3384 /* fill in adjacency list; no need to compare equal-size sets */
3385
3386 for (k = j - 1; k > 0; --k)
3387 {
3389 adjacency_buf[++n_adj] = k;
3390 }
3391
3392 if (n_adj > 0)
3393 {
3394 adjacency_buf[0] = n_adj;
3395 adjacency[i] = palloc((n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
3396 memcpy(adjacency[i], adjacency_buf, (n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
3397 }
3398 else
3399 adjacency[i] = NULL;
3400
3401 ++i;
3402 }
3403 }
3404
3405 num_sets = i - 1;
3406
3407 /*
3408 * Apply the graph matching algorithm to do the work.
3409 */
3410 state = BipartiteMatch(num_sets, num_sets, adjacency);
3411
3412 /*
3413 * Now, the state->pair* fields have the info we need to assign sets to
3414 * chains. Two sets (u,v) belong to the same chain if pair_uv[u] = v or
3415 * pair_vu[v] = u (both will be true, but we check both so that we can do
3416 * it in one pass)
3417 */
3418 chains = palloc0((num_sets + 1) * sizeof(int));
3419
3420 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3421 {
3422 int u = state->pair_vu[i];
3423 int v = state->pair_uv[i];
3424
3425 if (u > 0 && u < i)
3426 chains[i] = chains[u];
3427 else if (v > 0 && v < i)
3428 chains[i] = chains[v];
3429 else
3430 chains[i] = ++num_chains;
3431 }
3432
3433 /* build result lists. */
3434 results = palloc0((num_chains + 1) * sizeof(List *));
3435
3436 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3437 {
3438 int c = chains[i];
3439
3440 Assert(c > 0);
3441
3442 results[c] = list_concat(results[c], orig_sets[i]);
3443 }
3444
3445 /* push any empty sets back on the first list. */
3446 while (num_empty-- > 0)
3447 results[1] = lcons(NIL, results[1]);
3448
3449 /* make result list */
3450 for (i = 1; i <= num_chains; ++i)
3451 result = lappend(result, results[i]);
3452
3453 /*
3454 * Free all the things.
3455 *
3456 * (This is over-fussy for small sets but for large sets we could have
3457 * tied up a nontrivial amount of memory.)
3458 */
3460 pfree(results);
3461 pfree(chains);
3462 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3463 if (adjacency[i])
3464 pfree(adjacency[i]);
3465 pfree(adjacency);
3468 for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
3471
3472 return result;
3473}
3474
3475/*
3476 * Reorder the elements of a list of grouping sets such that they have correct
3477 * prefix relationships. Also inserts the GroupingSetData annotations.
3478 *
3479 * The input must be ordered with smallest sets first; the result is returned
3480 * with largest sets first. Note that the result shares no list substructure
3481 * with the input, so it's safe for the caller to modify it later.
3482 *
3483 * If we're passed in a sortclause, we follow its order of columns to the
3484 * extent possible, to minimize the chance that we add unnecessary sorts.
3485 * (We're trying here to ensure that GROUPING SETS ((a,b,c),(c)) ORDER BY c,b,a
3486 * gets implemented in one pass.)
3487 */
3488static List *
3490{
3491 ListCell *lc;
3492 List *previous = NIL;
3493 List *result = NIL;
3494
3495 foreach(lc, groupingSets)
3496 {
3497 List *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
3500
3501 while (list_length(sortclause) > list_length(previous) &&
3502 new_elems != NIL)
3503 {
3505 int ref = sc->tleSortGroupRef;
3506
3508 {
3509 previous = lappend_int(previous, ref);
3511 }
3512 else
3513 {
3514 /* diverged from the sortclause; give up on it */
3515 sortclause = NIL;
3516 break;
3517 }
3518 }
3519
3520 previous = list_concat(previous, new_elems);
3521
3522 gs->set = list_copy(previous);
3523 result = lcons(gs, result);
3524 }
3525
3526 list_free(previous);
3527
3528 return result;
3529}
3530
3531/*
3532 * has_volatile_pathkey
3533 * Returns true if any PathKey in 'keys' has an EquivalenceClass
3534 * containing a volatile function. Otherwise returns false.
3535 */
3536static bool
3538{
3539 ListCell *lc;
3540
3541 foreach(lc, keys)
3542 {
3544
3545 if (pathkey->pk_eclass->ec_has_volatile)
3546 return true;
3547 }
3548
3549 return false;
3550}
3551
3552/*
3553 * adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg
3554 * Add pathkeys to root->group_pathkeys to reflect the best set of
3555 * pre-ordered input for ordered aggregates.
3556 *
3557 * We define "best" as the pathkeys that suit the largest number of
3558 * aggregate functions. We find these by looking at the first ORDER BY /
3559 * DISTINCT aggregate and take the pathkeys for that before searching for
3560 * other aggregates that require the same or a more strict variation of the
3561 * same pathkeys. We then repeat that process for any remaining aggregates
3562 * with different pathkeys and if we find another set of pathkeys that suits a
3563 * larger number of aggregates then we select those pathkeys instead.
3564 *
3565 * When the best pathkeys are found we also mark each Aggref that can use
3566 * those pathkeys as aggpresorted = true.
3567 *
3568 * Note: When an aggregate function's ORDER BY / DISTINCT clause contains any
3569 * volatile functions, we never make use of these pathkeys. We want to ensure
3570 * that sorts using volatile functions are done independently in each Aggref
3571 * rather than once at the query level. If we were to allow this then Aggrefs
3572 * with compatible sort orders would all transition their rows in the same
3573 * order if those pathkeys were deemed to be the best pathkeys to sort on.
3574 * Whereas, if some other set of Aggref's pathkeys happened to be deemed
3575 * better pathkeys to sort on, then the volatile function Aggrefs would be
3576 * left to perform their sorts individually. To avoid this inconsistent
3577 * behavior which could make Aggref results depend on what other Aggrefs the
3578 * query contains, we always force Aggrefs with volatile functions to perform
3579 * their own sorts.
3580 */
3581static void
3583{
3584 List *grouppathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
3588 ListCell *lc;
3589 int i;
3590
3591 /* Shouldn't be here if there are grouping sets */
3592 Assert(root->parse->groupingSets == NIL);
3593 /* Shouldn't be here unless there are some ordered aggregates */
3594 Assert(root->numOrderedAggs > 0);
3595
3596 /* Do nothing if disabled */
3598 return;
3599
3600 /*
3601 * Make a first pass over all AggInfos to collect a Bitmapset containing
3602 * the indexes of all AggInfos to be processed below.
3603 */
3605 foreach(lc, root->agginfos)
3606 {
3608 Aggref *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
3609
3610 if (AGGKIND_IS_ORDERED_SET(aggref->aggkind))
3611 continue;
3612
3613 /* Skip unless there's a DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause */
3614 if (aggref->aggdistinct == NIL && aggref->aggorder == NIL)
3615 continue;
3616
3617 /* Additional safety checks are needed if there's a FILTER clause */
3618 if (aggref->aggfilter != NULL)
3619 {
3620 ListCell *lc2;
3621 bool allow_presort = true;
3622
3623 /*
3624 * When the Aggref has a FILTER clause, it's possible that the
3625 * filter removes rows that cannot be sorted because the
3626 * expression to sort by results in an error during its
3627 * evaluation. This is a problem for presorting as that happens
3628 * before the FILTER, whereas without presorting, the Aggregate
3629 * node will apply the FILTER *before* sorting. So that we never
3630 * try to sort anything that might error, here we aim to skip over
3631 * any Aggrefs with arguments with expressions which, when
3632 * evaluated, could cause an ERROR. Vars and Consts are ok. There
3633 * may be more cases that should be allowed, but more thought
3634 * needs to be given. Err on the side of caution.
3635 */
3636 foreach(lc2, aggref->args)
3637 {
3639 Expr *expr = tle->expr;
3640
3641 while (IsA(expr, RelabelType))
3642 expr = (Expr *) (castNode(RelabelType, expr))->arg;
3643
3644 /* Common case, Vars and Consts are ok */
3645 if (IsA(expr, Var) || IsA(expr, Const))
3646 continue;
3647
3648 /* Unsupported. Don't try to presort for this Aggref */
3649 allow_presort = false;
3650 break;
3651 }
3652
3653 /* Skip unsupported Aggrefs */
3654 if (!allow_presort)
3655 continue;
3656 }
3657
3660 }
3661
3662 /*
3663 * Now process all the unprocessed_aggs to find the best set of pathkeys
3664 * for the given set of aggregates.
3665 *
3666 * On the first outer loop here 'bestaggs' will be empty. We'll populate
3667 * this during the first loop using the pathkeys for the very first
3668 * AggInfo then taking any stronger pathkeys from any other AggInfos with
3669 * a more strict set of compatible pathkeys. Once the outer loop is
3670 * complete, we mark off all the aggregates with compatible pathkeys then
3671 * remove those from the unprocessed_aggs and repeat the process to try to
3672 * find another set of pathkeys that are suitable for a larger number of
3673 * aggregates. The outer loop will stop when there are not enough
3674 * unprocessed aggregates for it to be possible to find a set of pathkeys
3675 * to suit a larger number of aggregates.
3676 */
3677 bestpathkeys = NIL;
3678 bestaggs = NULL;
3680 {
3683
3684 i = -1;
3685 while ((i = bms_next_member(unprocessed_aggs, i)) >= 0)
3686 {
3687 AggInfo *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
3688 Aggref *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
3689 List *sortlist;
3690 List *pathkeys;
3691
3692 if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL)
3693 sortlist = aggref->aggdistinct;
3694 else
3695 sortlist = aggref->aggorder;
3696
3698 aggref->args);
3699
3700 /*
3701 * Ignore Aggrefs which have volatile functions in their ORDER BY
3702 * or DISTINCT clause.
3703 */
3704 if (has_volatile_pathkey(pathkeys))
3705 {
3707 continue;
3708 }
3709
3710 /*
3711 * When not set yet, take the pathkeys from the first unprocessed
3712 * aggregate.
3713 */
3714 if (currpathkeys == NIL)
3715 {
3716 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
3717
3718 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
3719 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
3721 currpathkeys);
3722
3723 /* record that we found pathkeys for this aggregate */
3725 }
3726 else
3727 {
3728 /* now look for a stronger set of matching pathkeys */
3729
3730 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
3731 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
3733 pathkeys);
3734
3735 /* are 'pathkeys' compatible or better than 'currpathkeys'? */
3736 switch (compare_pathkeys(currpathkeys, pathkeys))
3737 {
3738 case PATHKEYS_BETTER2:
3739 /* 'pathkeys' are stronger, use these ones instead */
3740 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
3742
3743 case PATHKEYS_BETTER1:
3744 /* 'pathkeys' are less strict */
3746
3747 case PATHKEYS_EQUAL:
3748 /* mark this aggregate as covered by 'currpathkeys' */
3750 break;
3751
3752 case PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT:
3753 break;
3754 }
3755 }
3756 }
3757
3758 /* remove the aggregates that we've just processed */
3760
3761 /*
3762 * If this pass included more aggregates than the previous best then
3763 * use these ones as the best set.
3764 */
3766 {
3769 }
3770 }
3771
3772 /*
3773 * If we found any ordered aggregates, update root->group_pathkeys to add
3774 * the best set of aggregate pathkeys. Note that bestpathkeys includes
3775 * the original GROUP BY pathkeys already.
3776 */
3777 if (bestpathkeys != NIL)
3778 root->group_pathkeys = bestpathkeys;
3779
3780 /*
3781 * Now that we've found the best set of aggregates we can set the
3782 * presorted flag to indicate to the executor that it needn't bother
3783 * performing a sort for these Aggrefs. We're able to do this now as
3784 * there's no chance of a Hash Aggregate plan as create_grouping_paths
3785 * will not mark the GROUP BY as GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH due to the presence
3786 * of ordered aggregates.
3787 */
3788 i = -1;
3789 while ((i = bms_next_member(bestaggs, i)) >= 0)
3790 {
3791 AggInfo *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
3792
3793 foreach(lc, agginfo->aggrefs)
3794 {
3795 Aggref *aggref = lfirst_node(Aggref, lc);
3796
3797 aggref->aggpresorted = true;
3798 }
3799 }
3800}
3801
3802/*
3803 * Compute query_pathkeys and other pathkeys during plan generation
3804 */
3805static void
3807{
3808 Query *parse = root->parse;
3810 List *tlist = root->processed_tlist;
3811 List *activeWindows = qp_extra->activeWindows;
3812
3813 /*
3814 * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering and/or ordered
3815 * aggregate requirements.
3816 */
3817 if (qp_extra->gset_data)
3818 {
3819 /*
3820 * With grouping sets, just use the first RollupData's groupClause. We
3821 * don't make any effort to optimize grouping clauses when there are
3822 * grouping sets, nor can we combine aggregate ordering keys with
3823 * grouping.
3824 */
3825 List *rollups = qp_extra->gset_data->rollups;
3826 List *groupClause = (rollups ? linitial_node(RollupData, rollups)->groupClause : NIL);
3827
3828 if (grouping_is_sortable(groupClause))
3829 {
3830 bool sortable;
3831
3832 /*
3833 * The groupClause is logically below the grouping step. So if
3834 * there is an RTE entry for the grouping step, we need to remove
3835 * its RT index from the sort expressions before we make PathKeys
3836 * for them.
3837 */
3838 root->group_pathkeys =
3840 &groupClause,
3841 tlist,
3842 false,
3843 parse->hasGroupRTE,
3844 &sortable,
3845 false);
3847 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
3848 }
3849 else
3850 {
3851 root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3852 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3853 }
3854 }
3855 else if (parse->groupClause || root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
3856 {
3857 /*
3858 * With a plain GROUP BY list, we can remove any grouping items that
3859 * are proven redundant by EquivalenceClass processing. For example,
3860 * we can remove y given "WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y". These aren't
3861 * especially common cases, but they're nearly free to detect. Note
3862 * that we remove redundant items from processed_groupClause but not
3863 * the original parse->groupClause.
3864 */
3865 bool sortable;
3866
3867 /*
3868 * Convert group clauses into pathkeys. Set the ec_sortref field of
3869 * EquivalenceClass'es if it's not set yet.
3870 */
3871 root->group_pathkeys =
3873 &root->processed_groupClause,
3874 tlist,
3875 true,
3876 false,
3877 &sortable,
3878 true);
3879 if (!sortable)
3880 {
3881 /* Can't sort; no point in considering aggregate ordering either */
3882 root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3883 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3884 }
3885 else
3886 {
3887 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
3888 /* If we have ordered aggs, consider adding onto group_pathkeys */
3889 if (root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
3891 }
3892 }
3893 else
3894 {
3895 root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
3896 root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
3897 }
3898
3899 /* We consider only the first (bottom) window in pathkeys logic */
3900 if (activeWindows != NIL)
3901 {
3902 WindowClause *wc = linitial_node(WindowClause, activeWindows);
3903
3904 root->window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
3905 wc,
3906 tlist);
3907 }
3908 else
3909 root->window_pathkeys = NIL;
3910
3911 /*
3912 * As with GROUP BY, we can discard any DISTINCT items that are proven
3913 * redundant by EquivalenceClass processing. The non-redundant list is
3914 * kept in root->processed_distinctClause, leaving the original
3915 * parse->distinctClause alone.
3916 */
3917 if (parse->distinctClause)
3918 {
3919 bool sortable;
3920
3921 /* Make a copy since pathkey processing can modify the list */
3922 root->processed_distinctClause = list_copy(parse->distinctClause);
3923 root->distinct_pathkeys =
3925 &root->processed_distinctClause,
3926 tlist,
3927 true,
3928 false,
3929 &sortable,
3930 false);
3931 if (!sortable)
3932 root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
3933 }
3934 else
3935 root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
3936
3937 root->sort_pathkeys =
3939 parse->sortClause,
3940 tlist);
3941
3942 /* setting setop_pathkeys might be useful to the union planner */
3943 if (qp_extra->setop != NULL)
3944 {
3945 List *groupClauses;
3946 bool sortable;
3947
3948 groupClauses = generate_setop_child_grouplist(qp_extra->setop, tlist);
3949
3950 root->setop_pathkeys =
3952 &groupClauses,
3953 tlist,
3954 false,
3955 false,
3956 &sortable,
3957 false);
3958 if (!sortable)
3959 root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
3960 }
3961 else
3962 root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
3963
3964 /*
3965 * Figure out whether we want a sorted result from query_planner.
3966 *
3967 * If we have a sortable GROUP BY clause, then we want a result sorted
3968 * properly for grouping. Otherwise, if we have window functions to
3969 * evaluate, we try to sort for the first window. Otherwise, if there's a
3970 * sortable DISTINCT clause that's more rigorous than the ORDER BY clause,
3971 * we try to produce output that's sufficiently well sorted for the
3972 * DISTINCT. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause, we want to sort
3973 * by the ORDER BY clause. Otherwise, if we're a subquery being planned
3974 * for a set operation which can benefit from presorted results and have a
3975 * sortable targetlist, we want to sort by the target list.
3976 *
3977 * Note: if we have both ORDER BY and GROUP BY, and ORDER BY is a superset
3978 * of GROUP BY, it would be tempting to request sort by ORDER BY --- but
3979 * that might just leave us failing to exploit an available sort order at
3980 * all. Needs more thought. The choice for DISTINCT versus ORDER BY is
3981 * much easier, since we know that the parser ensured that one is a
3982 * superset of the other.
3983 */
3984 if (root->group_pathkeys)
3985 root->query_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
3986 else if (root->window_pathkeys)
3987 root->query_pathkeys = root->window_pathkeys;
3988 else if (list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) >
3989 list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
3990 root->query_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
3991 else if (root->sort_pathkeys)
3992 root->query_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
3993 else if (root->setop_pathkeys != NIL)
3994 root->query_pathkeys = root->setop_pathkeys;
3995 else
3996 root->query_pathkeys = NIL;
3997}
3998
3999/*
4000 * Estimate number of groups produced by grouping clauses (1 if not grouping)
4001 *
4002 * path_rows: number of output rows from scan/join step
4003 * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
4004 * target_list: target list containing group clause references
4005 *
4006 * If doing grouping sets, we also annotate the gsets data with the estimates
4007 * for each set and each individual rollup list, with a view to later
4008 * determining whether some combination of them could be hashed instead.
4009 */
4010static double
4012 double path_rows,
4015{
4016 Query *parse = root->parse;
4017 double dNumGroups;
4018
4019 if (parse->groupClause)
4020 {
4022
4023 if (parse->groupingSets)
4024 {
4025 /* Add up the estimates for each grouping set */
4026 ListCell *lc;
4027
4028 Assert(gd); /* keep Coverity happy */
4029
4030 dNumGroups = 0;
4031
4032 foreach(lc, gd->rollups)
4033 {
4035 ListCell *lc2;
4036 ListCell *lc3;
4037
4039 target_list);
4040
4041 rollup->numGroups = 0.0;
4042
4043 forboth(lc2, rollup->gsets, lc3, rollup->gsets_data)
4044 {
4045 List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
4047 double numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
4048 groupExprs,
4049 path_rows,
4050 &gset,
4051 NULL);
4052
4053 gs->numGroups = numGroups;
4054 rollup->numGroups += numGroups;
4055 }
4056
4057 dNumGroups += rollup->numGroups;
4058 }
4059
4060 if (gd->hash_sets_idx)
4061 {
4062 ListCell *lc2;
4063
4064 gd->dNumHashGroups = 0;
4065
4067 target_list);
4068
4069 forboth(lc, gd->hash_sets_idx, lc2, gd->unsortable_sets)
4070 {
4071 List *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
4073 double numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
4074 groupExprs,
4075 path_rows,
4076 &gset,
4077 NULL);
4078
4079 gs->numGroups = numGroups;
4080 gd->dNumHashGroups += numGroups;
4081 }
4082
4083 dNumGroups += gd->dNumHashGroups;
4084 }
4085 }
4086 else
4087 {
4088 /* Plain GROUP BY -- estimate based on optimized groupClause */
4089 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_groupClause,
4090 target_list);
4091
4093 NULL, NULL);
4094 }
4095 }
4096 else if (parse->groupingSets)
4097 {
4098 /* Empty grouping sets ... one result row for each one */
4099 dNumGroups = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
4100 }
4101 else if (parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual)
4102 {
4103 /* Plain aggregation, one result row */
4104 dNumGroups = 1;
4105 }
4106 else
4107 {
4108 /* Not grouping */
4109 dNumGroups = 1;
4110 }
4111
4112 return dNumGroups;
4113}
4114
4115/*
4116 * create_grouping_paths
4117 *
4118 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for grouping and/or aggregation.
4119 * Along the way, we also build an upperrel for Paths which are partially
4120 * grouped and/or aggregated. A partially grouped and/or aggregated path
4121 * needs a FinalizeAggregate node to complete the aggregation. Currently,
4122 * the only partially grouped paths we build are also partial paths; that
4123 * is, they need a Gather and then a FinalizeAggregate.
4124 *
4125 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
4126 * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
4127 * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
4128 *
4129 * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return the target computed
4130 * by make_group_input_target.
4131 */
4132static RelOptInfo *
4135 PathTarget *target,
4136 bool target_parallel_safe,
4138{
4139 Query *parse = root->parse;
4140 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
4143
4144 MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
4146
4147 /*
4148 * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
4149 * aggregation paths.
4150 */
4151 grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, target,
4152 target_parallel_safe, parse->havingQual);
4153
4154 /*
4155 * Create either paths for a degenerate grouping or paths for ordinary
4156 * grouping, as appropriate.
4157 */
4160 else
4161 {
4162 int flags = 0;
4163 GroupPathExtraData extra;
4164
4165 /*
4166 * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based
4167 * implementations of grouping. (Note that if processed_groupClause
4168 * is empty, grouping_is_sortable() is trivially true, and all the
4169 * pathkeys_contained_in() tests will succeed too, so that we'll
4170 * consider every surviving input path.)
4171 *
4172 * If we have grouping sets, we might be able to sort some but not all
4173 * of them; in this case, we need can_sort to be true as long as we
4174 * must consider any sorted-input plan.
4175 */
4176 if ((gd && gd->rollups != NIL)
4177 || grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_groupClause))
4178 flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT;
4179
4180 /*
4181 * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
4182 * grouping.
4183 *
4184 * Hashed aggregation only applies if we're grouping. If we have
4185 * grouping sets, some groups might be hashable but others not; in
4186 * this case we set can_hash true as long as there is nothing globally
4187 * preventing us from hashing (and we should therefore consider plans
4188 * with hashes).
4189 *
4190 * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT or ORDER
4191 * BY aggregates. (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
4192 * values in the hash table, and/or running many sorts in parallel,
4193 * either of which seems like a certain loser.) We similarly don't
4194 * support ordered-set aggregates in hashed aggregation, but that case
4195 * is also included in the numOrderedAggs count.
4196 *
4197 * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than
4198 * the other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
4199 */
4200 if ((parse->groupClause != NIL &&
4201 root->numOrderedAggs == 0 &&
4202 (gd ? gd->any_hashable : grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_groupClause))))
4203 flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH;
4204
4205 /*
4206 * Determine whether partial aggregation is possible.
4207 */
4208 if (can_partial_agg(root))
4209 flags |= GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG;
4210
4211 extra.flags = flags;
4212 extra.target_parallel_safe = target_parallel_safe;
4213 extra.havingQual = parse->havingQual;
4214 extra.targetList = parse->targetList;
4215 extra.partial_costs_set = false;
4216
4217 /*
4218 * Determine whether partitionwise aggregation is in theory possible.
4219 * It can be disabled by the user, and for now, we don't try to
4220 * support grouping sets. create_ordinary_grouping_paths() will check
4221 * additional conditions, such as whether input_rel is partitioned.
4222 */
4223 if (enable_partitionwise_aggregate && !parse->groupingSets)
4225 else
4227
4229 &agg_costs, gd, &extra,
4231 }
4232
4233 set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
4234 return grouped_rel;
4235}
4236
4237/*
4238 * make_grouping_rel
4239 *
4240 * Create a new grouping rel and set basic properties.
4241 *
4242 * input_rel represents the underlying scan/join relation.
4243 * target is the output expected from the grouping relation.
4244 */
4245static RelOptInfo *
4247 PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
4248 Node *havingQual)
4249{
4250 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
4251
4253 {
4255 input_rel->relids);
4256 grouped_rel->reloptkind = RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL;
4257 }
4258 else
4259 {
4260 /*
4261 * By tradition, the relids set for the main grouping relation is
4262 * NULL. (This could be changed, but might require adjustments
4263 * elsewhere.)
4264 */
4266 }
4267
4268 /* Set target. */
4269 grouped_rel->reltarget = target;
4270
4271 /*
4272 * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the grouped relation
4273 * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
4274 * target list and HAVING quals are parallel-safe.
4275 */
4276 if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe &&
4277 is_parallel_safe(root, havingQual))
4278 grouped_rel->consider_parallel = true;
4279
4280 /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed */
4281 grouped_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
4282
4283 /*
4284 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the grouped rel.
4285 */
4286 grouped_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
4287 grouped_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
4288 grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
4289 grouped_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
4290
4291 return grouped_rel;
4292}
4293
4294/*
4295 * is_degenerate_grouping
4296 *
4297 * A degenerate grouping is one in which the query has a HAVING qual and/or
4298 * grouping sets, but no aggregates and no GROUP BY (which implies that the
4299 * grouping sets are all empty).
4300 */
4301static bool
4303{
4304 Query *parse = root->parse;
4305
4306 return (root->hasHavingQual || parse->groupingSets) &&
4307 !parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL;
4308}
4309
4310/*
4311 * create_degenerate_grouping_paths
4312 *
4313 * When the grouping is degenerate (see is_degenerate_grouping), we are
4314 * supposed to emit either zero or one row for each grouping set depending on
4315 * whether HAVING succeeds. Furthermore, there cannot be any variables in
4316 * either HAVING or the targetlist, so we actually do not need the FROM table
4317 * at all! We can just throw away the plan-so-far and generate a Result node.
4318 * This is a sufficiently unusual corner case that it's not worth contorting
4319 * the structure of this module to avoid having to generate the earlier paths
4320 * in the first place.
4321 */
4322static void
4324 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
4325{
4326 Query *parse = root->parse;
4327 int nrows;
4328 Path *path;
4329
4330 nrows = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
4331 if (nrows > 1)
4332 {
4333 /*
4334 * Doesn't seem worthwhile writing code to cons up a generate_series
4335 * or a values scan to emit multiple rows. Instead just make N clones
4336 * and append them. (With a volatile HAVING clause, this means you
4337 * might get between 0 and N output rows. Offhand I think that's
4338 * desired.)
4339 */
4340 AppendPathInput append = {0};
4341
4342 while (--nrows >= 0)
4343 {
4344 path = (Path *)
4345 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
4346 grouped_rel->reltarget,
4347 (List *) parse->havingQual);
4348 append.subpaths = lappend(append.subpaths, path);
4349 }
4350 path = (Path *)
4352 grouped_rel,
4353 append,
4354 NIL,
4355 NULL,
4356 0,
4357 false,
4358 -1);
4359 }
4360 else
4361 {
4362 /* No grouping sets, or just one, so one output row */
4363 path = (Path *)
4364 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
4365 grouped_rel->reltarget,
4366 (List *) parse->havingQual);
4367 }
4368
4369 add_path(grouped_rel, path);
4370}
4371
4372/*
4373 * create_ordinary_grouping_paths
4374 *
4375 * Create grouping paths for the ordinary (that is, non-degenerate) case.
4376 *
4377 * We need to consider sorted and hashed aggregation in the same function,
4378 * because otherwise (1) it would be harder to throw an appropriate error
4379 * message if neither way works, and (2) we should not allow hashtable size
4380 * considerations to dissuade us from using hashing if sorting is not possible.
4381 *
4382 * *partially_grouped_rel_p will be set to the partially grouped rel which this
4383 * function creates, or to NULL if it doesn't create one.
4384 */
4385static void
4387 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
4390 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
4392{
4395
4396 /*
4397 * If this is the topmost grouping relation or if the parent relation is
4398 * doing some form of partitionwise aggregation, then we may be able to do
4399 * it at this level also. However, if the input relation is not
4400 * partitioned, partitionwise aggregate is impossible.
4401 */
4402 if (extra->patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE &&
4404 {
4405 /*
4406 * If this is the topmost relation or if the parent relation is doing
4407 * full partitionwise aggregation, then we can do full partitionwise
4408 * aggregation provided that the GROUP BY clause contains all of the
4409 * partitioning columns at this level and the collation used by GROUP
4410 * BY matches the partitioning collation. Otherwise, we can do at
4411 * most partial partitionwise aggregation. But if partial aggregation
4412 * is not supported in general then we can't use it for partitionwise
4413 * aggregation either.
4414 *
4415 * Check parse->groupClause not processed_groupClause, because it's
4416 * okay if some of the partitioning columns were proved redundant.
4417 */
4418 if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL &&
4420 root->parse->groupClause))
4422 else if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
4424 else
4426 }
4427
4428 /*
4429 * Before generating paths for grouped_rel, we first generate any possible
4430 * partially grouped paths; that way, later code can easily consider both
4431 * parallel and non-parallel approaches to grouping.
4432 */
4433 if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
4434 {
4435 bool force_rel_creation;
4436
4437 /*
4438 * If we're doing partitionwise aggregation at this level, force
4439 * creation of a partially_grouped_rel so we can add partitionwise
4440 * paths to it.
4441 */
4443
4446 grouped_rel,
4447 input_rel,
4448 gd,
4449 extra,
4451 }
4452
4453 /* Set out parameter. */
4455
4456 /* Apply partitionwise aggregation technique, if possible. */
4457 if (patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE)
4460 gd, patype, extra);
4461
4462 /* If we are doing partial aggregation only, return. */
4464 {
4466
4467 if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
4469
4470 return;
4471 }
4472
4473 /* Gather any partially grouped partial paths. */
4474 if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->partial_pathlist)
4476
4477 /* Now choose the best path(s) for partially_grouped_rel. */
4480
4481 /* Build final grouping paths */
4484 extra);
4485
4486 /* Give a helpful error if we failed to find any implementation */
4487 if (grouped_rel->pathlist == NIL)
4488 ereport(ERROR,
4490 errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
4491 errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
4492
4493 /*
4494 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
4495 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
4496 */
4497 if (grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
4498 grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
4499 grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4500 input_rel, grouped_rel,
4501 extra);
4502
4503 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
4505 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
4506 input_rel, grouped_rel,
4507 extra);
4508}
4509
4510/*
4511 * For a given input path, consider the possible ways of doing grouping sets on
4512 * it, by combinations of hashing and sorting. This can be called multiple
4513 * times, so it's important that it not scribble on input. No result is
4514 * returned, but any generated paths are added to grouped_rel.
4515 */
4516static void
4518 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
4519 Path *path,
4520 bool is_sorted,
4521 bool can_hash,
4524 double dNumGroups)
4525{
4526 Query *parse = root->parse;
4527 Size hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit();
4528
4529 /*
4530 * If we're not being offered sorted input, then only consider plans that
4531 * can be done entirely by hashing.
4532 *
4533 * We can hash everything if it looks like it'll fit in hash_mem. But if
4534 * the input is actually sorted despite not being advertised as such, we
4535 * prefer to make use of that in order to use less memory.
4536 *
4537 * If none of the grouping sets are sortable, then ignore the hash_mem
4538 * limit and generate a path anyway, since otherwise we'll just fail.
4539 */
4540 if (!is_sorted)
4541 {
4542 List *new_rollups = NIL;
4544 List *sets_data;
4546 List *empty_sets = NIL;
4547 ListCell *lc;
4548 ListCell *l_start = list_head(gd->rollups);
4550 double hashsize;
4551 double exclude_groups = 0.0;
4552
4554
4555 /*
4556 * If the input is coincidentally sorted usefully (which can happen
4557 * even if is_sorted is false, since that only means that our caller
4558 * has set up the sorting for us), then save some hashtable space by
4559 * making use of that. But we need to watch out for degenerate cases:
4560 *
4561 * 1) If there are any empty grouping sets, then group_pathkeys might
4562 * be NIL if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable. In this case,
4563 * there will be a rollup containing only empty groups, and the
4564 * pathkeys_contained_in test is vacuously true; this is ok.
4565 *
4566 * XXX: the above relies on the fact that group_pathkeys is generated
4567 * from the first rollup. If we add the ability to consider multiple
4568 * sort orders for grouping input, this assumption might fail.
4569 *
4570 * 2) If there are no empty sets and only unsortable sets, then the
4571 * rollups list will be empty (and thus l_start == NULL), and
4572 * group_pathkeys will be NIL; we must ensure that the vacuously-true
4573 * pathkeys_contained_in test doesn't cause us to crash.
4574 */
4575 if (l_start != NULL &&
4576 pathkeys_contained_in(root->group_pathkeys, path->pathkeys))
4577 {
4579 exclude_groups = unhashed_rollup->numGroups;
4580 l_start = lnext(gd->rollups, l_start);
4581 }
4582
4584 path,
4585 agg_costs,
4587
4588 /*
4589 * gd->rollups is empty if we have only unsortable columns to work
4590 * with. Override hash_mem in that case; otherwise, we'll rely on the
4591 * sorted-input case to generate usable mixed paths.
4592 */
4593 if (hashsize > hash_mem_limit && gd->rollups)
4594 return; /* nope, won't fit */
4595
4596 /*
4597 * We need to burst the existing rollups list into individual grouping
4598 * sets and recompute a groupClause for each set.
4599 */
4600 sets_data = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
4601
4602 for_each_cell(lc, gd->rollups, l_start)
4603 {
4605
4606 /*
4607 * If we find an unhashable rollup that's not been skipped by the
4608 * "actually sorted" check above, we can't cope; we'd need sorted
4609 * input (with a different sort order) but we can't get that here.
4610 * So bail out; we'll get a valid path from the is_sorted case
4611 * instead.
4612 *
4613 * The mere presence of empty grouping sets doesn't make a rollup
4614 * unhashable (see preprocess_grouping_sets), we handle those
4615 * specially below.
4616 */
4617 if (!rollup->hashable)
4618 return;
4619
4620 sets_data = list_concat(sets_data, rollup->gsets_data);
4621 }
4622 foreach(lc, sets_data)
4623 {
4625 List *gset = gs->set;
4627
4628 if (gset == NIL)
4629 {
4630 /* Empty grouping sets can't be hashed. */
4633 }
4634 else
4635 {
4637
4638 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gset);
4639 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
4640 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
4641 rollup->gsets_data,
4642 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
4643 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
4644 rollup->hashable = true;
4645 rollup->is_hashed = true;
4647 }
4648 }
4649
4650 /*
4651 * If we didn't find anything nonempty to hash, then bail. We'll
4652 * generate a path from the is_sorted case.
4653 */
4654 if (new_rollups == NIL)
4655 return;
4656
4657 /*
4658 * If there were empty grouping sets they should have been in the
4659 * first rollup.
4660 */
4662
4663 if (unhashed_rollup)
4664 {
4666 strat = AGG_MIXED;
4667 }
4668 else if (empty_sets)
4669 {
4671
4672 rollup->groupClause = NIL;
4673 rollup->gsets_data = empty_sets_data;
4674 rollup->gsets = empty_sets;
4675 rollup->numGroups = list_length(empty_sets);
4676 rollup->hashable = false;
4677 rollup->is_hashed = false;
4679 strat = AGG_MIXED;
4680 }
4681
4682 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4684 grouped_rel,
4685 path,
4686 (List *) parse->havingQual,
4687 strat,
4689 agg_costs));
4690 return;
4691 }
4692
4693 /*
4694 * If we have sorted input but nothing we can do with it, bail.
4695 */
4696 if (gd->rollups == NIL)
4697 return;
4698
4699 /*
4700 * Given sorted input, we try and make two paths: one sorted and one mixed
4701 * sort/hash. (We need to try both because hashagg might be disabled, or
4702 * some columns might not be sortable.)
4703 *
4704 * can_hash is passed in as false if some obstacle elsewhere (such as
4705 * ordered aggs) means that we shouldn't consider hashing at all.
4706 */
4707 if (can_hash && gd->any_hashable)
4708 {
4709 List *rollups = NIL;
4710 List *hash_sets = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
4711 double availspace = hash_mem_limit;
4712 ListCell *lc;
4713
4714 /*
4715 * Account first for space needed for groups we can't sort at all.
4716 */
4718 path,
4719 agg_costs,
4720 gd->dNumHashGroups);
4721
4722 if (availspace > 0 && list_length(gd->rollups) > 1)
4723 {
4724 double scale;
4725 int num_rollups = list_length(gd->rollups);
4726 int k_capacity;
4727 int *k_weights = palloc(num_rollups * sizeof(int));
4729 int i;
4730
4731 /*
4732 * We treat this as a knapsack problem: the knapsack capacity
4733 * represents hash_mem, the item weights are the estimated memory
4734 * usage of the hashtables needed to implement a single rollup,
4735 * and we really ought to use the cost saving as the item value;
4736 * however, currently the costs assigned to sort nodes don't
4737 * reflect the comparison costs well, and so we treat all items as
4738 * of equal value (each rollup we hash instead saves us one sort).
4739 *
4740 * To use the discrete knapsack, we need to scale the values to a
4741 * reasonably small bounded range. We choose to allow a 5% error
4742 * margin; we have no more than 4096 rollups in the worst possible
4743 * case, which with a 5% error margin will require a bit over 42MB
4744 * of workspace. (Anyone wanting to plan queries that complex had
4745 * better have the memory for it. In more reasonable cases, with
4746 * no more than a couple of dozen rollups, the memory usage will
4747 * be negligible.)
4748 *
4749 * k_capacity is naturally bounded, but we clamp the values for
4750 * scale and weight (below) to avoid overflows or underflows (or
4751 * uselessly trying to use a scale factor less than 1 byte).
4752 */
4753 scale = Max(availspace / (20.0 * num_rollups), 1.0);
4755
4756 /*
4757 * We leave the first rollup out of consideration since it's the
4758 * one that matches the input sort order. We assign indexes "i"
4759 * to only those entries considered for hashing; the second loop,
4760 * below, must use the same condition.
4761 */
4762 i = 0;
4763 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
4764 {
4766
4767 if (rollup->hashable)
4768 {
4770 path,
4771 agg_costs,
4772 rollup->numGroups);
4773
4774 /*
4775 * If sz is enormous, but hash_mem (and hence scale) is
4776 * small, avoid integer overflow here.
4777 */
4778 k_weights[i] = (int) Min(floor(sz / scale),
4779 k_capacity + 1.0);
4780 ++i;
4781 }
4782 }
4783
4784 /*
4785 * Apply knapsack algorithm; compute the set of items which
4786 * maximizes the value stored (in this case the number of sorts
4787 * saved) while keeping the total size (approximately) within
4788 * capacity.
4789 */
4790 if (i > 0)
4792
4794 {
4795 rollups = list_make1(linitial(gd->rollups));
4796
4797 i = 0;
4798 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
4799 {
4801
4802 if (rollup->hashable)
4803 {
4806 rollup->gsets_data);
4807 else
4808 rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
4809 ++i;
4810 }
4811 else
4812 rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
4813 }
4814 }
4815 }
4816
4817 if (!rollups && hash_sets)
4818 rollups = list_copy(gd->rollups);
4819
4820 foreach(lc, hash_sets)
4821 {
4824
4825 Assert(gs->set != NIL);
4826
4827 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
4828 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
4829 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
4830 rollup->gsets_data,
4831 gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
4832 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
4833 rollup->hashable = true;
4834 rollup->is_hashed = true;
4835 rollups = lcons(rollup, rollups);
4836 }
4837
4838 if (rollups)
4839 {
4840 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4842 grouped_rel,
4843 path,
4844 (List *) parse->havingQual,
4845 AGG_MIXED,
4846 rollups,
4847 agg_costs));
4848 }
4849 }
4850
4851 /*
4852 * Now try the simple sorted case.
4853 */
4854 if (!gd->unsortable_sets)
4855 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
4857 grouped_rel,
4858 path,
4859 (List *) parse->havingQual,
4860 AGG_SORTED,
4861 gd->rollups,
4862 agg_costs));
4863}
4864
4865/*
4866 * create_window_paths
4867 *
4868 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for window-function evaluation.
4869 *
4870 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
4871 * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
4872 * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
4873 * wflists: result of find_window_functions
4874 * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
4875 *
4876 * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return input_target.
4877 */
4878static RelOptInfo *
4885 List *activeWindows)
4886{
4888 ListCell *lc;
4889
4890 /* For now, do all work in the (WINDOW, NULL) upperrel */
4892
4893 /*
4894 * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the window relation
4895 * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, we need to examine the
4896 * target list and active windows for non-parallel-safe constructs.
4897 */
4898 if (input_rel->consider_parallel && output_target_parallel_safe &&
4899 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) activeWindows))
4900 window_rel->consider_parallel = true;
4901
4902 /*
4903 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the window rel.
4904 */
4905 window_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
4906 window_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
4907 window_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
4908 window_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
4909
4910 /*
4911 * Consider computing window functions starting from the existing
4912 * cheapest-total path (which will likely require a sort) as well as any
4913 * existing paths that satisfy or partially satisfy root->window_pathkeys.
4914 */
4915 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
4916 {
4917 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
4918 int presorted_keys;
4919
4920 if (path == input_rel->cheapest_total_path ||
4921 pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->window_pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
4922 &presorted_keys) ||
4923 presorted_keys > 0)
4925 window_rel,
4926 path,
4929 wflists,
4930 activeWindows);
4931 }
4932
4933 /*
4934 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
4935 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
4936 */
4937 if (window_rel->fdwroutine &&
4938 window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
4939 window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
4941 NULL);
4942
4943 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
4945 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
4947
4948 /* Now choose the best path(s) */
4950
4951 return window_rel;
4952}
4953
4954/*
4955 * Stack window-function implementation steps atop the given Path, and
4956 * add the result to window_rel.
4957 *
4958 * window_rel: upperrel to contain result
4959 * path: input Path to use (must return input_target)
4960 * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
4961 * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
4962 * wflists: result of find_window_functions
4963 * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
4964 */
4965static void
4968 Path *path,
4972 List *activeWindows)
4973{
4975 ListCell *l;
4976 List *topqual = NIL;
4977
4978 /*
4979 * Since each window clause could require a different sort order, we stack
4980 * up a WindowAgg node for each clause, with sort steps between them as
4981 * needed. (We assume that select_active_windows chose a good order for
4982 * executing the clauses in.)
4983 *
4984 * input_target should contain all Vars and Aggs needed for the result.
4985 * (In some cases we wouldn't need to propagate all of these all the way
4986 * to the top, since they might only be needed as inputs to WindowFuncs.
4987 * It's probably not worth trying to optimize that though.) It must also
4988 * contain all window partitioning and sorting expressions, to ensure
4989 * they're computed only once at the bottom of the stack (that's critical
4990 * for volatile functions). As we climb up the stack, we'll add outputs
4991 * for the WindowFuncs computed at each level.
4992 */
4994
4995 foreach(l, activeWindows)
4996 {
4998 List *window_pathkeys;
4999 List *runcondition = NIL;
5000 int presorted_keys;
5001 bool is_sorted;
5002 bool topwindow;
5003 ListCell *lc2;
5004
5005 window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
5006 wc,
5007 root->processed_tlist);
5008
5009 is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(window_pathkeys,
5010 path->pathkeys,
5011 &presorted_keys);
5012
5013 /* Sort if necessary */
5014 if (!is_sorted)
5015 {
5016 /*
5017 * No presorted keys or incremental sort disabled, just perform a
5018 * complete sort.
5019 */
5020 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5022 path,
5023 window_pathkeys,
5024 -1.0);
5025 else
5026 {
5027 /*
5028 * Since we have presorted keys and incremental sort is
5029 * enabled, just use incremental sort.
5030 */
5032 window_rel,
5033 path,
5034 window_pathkeys,
5035 presorted_keys,
5036 -1.0);
5037 }
5038 }
5039
5040 if (lnext(activeWindows, l))
5041 {
5042 /*
5043 * Add the current WindowFuncs to the output target for this
5044 * intermediate WindowAggPath. We must copy window_target to
5045 * avoid changing the previous path's target.
5046 *
5047 * Note: a WindowFunc adds nothing to the target's eval costs; but
5048 * we do need to account for the increase in tlist width.
5049 */
5051
5053 foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
5054 {
5056
5058 tuple_width += get_typavgwidth(wfunc->wintype, -1);
5059 }
5061 }
5062 else
5063 {
5064 /* Install the goal target in the topmost WindowAgg */
5066 }
5067
5068 /* mark the final item in the list as the top-level window */
5069 topwindow = foreach_current_index(l) == list_length(activeWindows) - 1;
5070
5071 /*
5072 * Collect the WindowFuncRunConditions from each WindowFunc and
5073 * convert them into OpExprs
5074 */
5075 foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
5076 {
5077 ListCell *lc3;
5079
5080 foreach(lc3, wfunc->runCondition)
5081 {
5084 Expr *opexpr;
5085 Expr *leftop;
5086 Expr *rightop;
5087
5088 if (wfuncrc->wfunc_left)
5089 {
5090 leftop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
5091 rightop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
5092 }
5093 else
5094 {
5095 leftop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
5096 rightop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
5097 }
5098
5099 opexpr = make_opclause(wfuncrc->opno,
5100 BOOLOID,
5101 false,
5102 leftop,
5103 rightop,
5104 InvalidOid,
5105 wfuncrc->inputcollid);
5106
5107 runcondition = lappend(runcondition, opexpr);
5108
5109 if (!topwindow)
5110 topqual = lappend(topqual, opexpr);
5111 }
5112 }
5113
5114 path = (Path *)
5116 wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref],
5117 runcondition, wc,
5118 topwindow ? topqual : NIL, topwindow);
5119 }
5120
5121 add_path(window_rel, path);
5122}
5123
5124/*
5125 * create_distinct_paths
5126 *
5127 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for SELECT DISTINCT evaluation.
5128 *
5129 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
5130 * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
5131 *
5132 * Note: input paths should already compute the desired pathtarget, since
5133 * Sort/Unique won't project anything.
5134 */
5135static RelOptInfo *
5137 PathTarget *target)
5138{
5140
5141 /* For now, do all work in the (DISTINCT, NULL) upperrel */
5143
5144 /*
5145 * We don't compute anything at this level, so distinct_rel will be
5146 * parallel-safe if the input rel is parallel-safe. In particular, if
5147 * there is a DISTINCT ON (...) clause, any path for the input_rel will
5148 * output those expressions, and will not be parallel-safe unless those
5149 * expressions are parallel-safe.
5150 */
5151 distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
5152
5153 /*
5154 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the distinct_rel.
5155 */
5156 distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5157 distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5158 distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5159 distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5160
5161 /* build distinct paths based on input_rel's pathlist */
5163
5164 /* now build distinct paths based on input_rel's partial_pathlist */
5166
5167 /* Give a helpful error if we failed to create any paths */
5168 if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
5169 ereport(ERROR,
5171 errmsg("could not implement DISTINCT"),
5172 errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
5173
5174 /*
5175 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5176 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5177 */
5178 if (distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
5179 distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5180 distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
5182 input_rel,
5184 NULL);
5185
5186 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
5188 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, input_rel,
5190
5191 /* Now choose the best path(s) */
5193
5194 return distinct_rel;
5195}
5196
5197/*
5198 * create_partial_distinct_paths
5199 *
5200 * Process 'input_rel' partial paths and add unique/aggregate paths to the
5201 * UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT rel. For paths created, add Gather/GatherMerge
5202 * paths on top and add a final unique/aggregate path to remove any duplicate
5203 * produced from combining rows from parallel workers.
5204 */
5205static void
5208 PathTarget *target)
5209{
5211 Query *parse;
5213 double numDistinctRows;
5215 ListCell *lc;
5216
5217 /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
5218 if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
5219 return;
5220
5221 parse = root->parse;
5222
5223 /* can't do parallel DISTINCT ON */
5224 if (parse->hasDistinctOn)
5225 return;
5226
5228 NULL);
5229 partial_distinct_rel->reltarget = target;
5230 partial_distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
5231
5232 /*
5233 * If input_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the partial_distinct_rel.
5234 */
5235 partial_distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5236 partial_distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5237 partial_distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5238 partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5239
5240 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
5241
5242 distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
5243 parse->targetList);
5244
5245 /* estimate how many distinct rows we'll get from each worker */
5248 NULL, NULL);
5249
5250 /*
5251 * Try sorting the cheapest path and incrementally sorting any paths with
5252 * presorted keys and put a unique paths atop of those. We'll also
5253 * attempt to reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's
5254 * pathkeys as much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to
5255 * re-sort.
5256 */
5257 if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5258 {
5259 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
5260 {
5261 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5264
5267 root->distinct_pathkeys,
5268 input_path->pathkeys);
5270
5272 {
5275 input_path,
5278 -1.0);
5279
5280 if (sorted_path == NULL)
5281 continue;
5282
5283 /*
5284 * An empty distinct_pathkeys means all tuples have the same
5285 * value for the DISTINCT clause. See
5286 * create_final_distinct_paths()
5287 */
5288 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
5289 {
5290 Node *limitCount;
5291
5292 limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
5293 sizeof(int64),
5294 Int64GetDatum(1), false,
5295 true);
5296
5297 /*
5298 * Apply a LimitPath onto the partial path to restrict the
5299 * tuples from each worker to 1.
5300 * create_final_distinct_paths will need to apply an
5301 * additional LimitPath to restrict this to a single row
5302 * after the Gather node. If the query already has a
5303 * LIMIT clause, then we could end up with three Limit
5304 * nodes in the final plan. Consolidating the top two of
5305 * these could be done, but does not seem worth troubling
5306 * over.
5307 */
5311 NULL,
5312 limitCount,
5314 0, 1));
5315 }
5316 else
5317 {
5321 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
5323 }
5324 }
5325 }
5326 }
5327
5328 /*
5329 * Now try hash aggregate paths, if enabled and hashing is possible. Since
5330 * we're not on the hook to ensure we do our best to create at least one
5331 * path here, we treat enable_hashagg as a hard off-switch rather than the
5332 * slightly softer variant in create_final_distinct_paths.
5333 */
5334 if (enable_hashagg && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5335 {
5340 cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
5341 AGG_HASHED,
5343 root->processed_distinctClause,
5344 NIL,
5345 NULL,
5347 }
5348
5349 /*
5350 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5351 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5352 */
5353 if (partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
5354 partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5355 partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
5357 input_rel,
5359 NULL);
5360
5361 /* Let extensions possibly add some more partial paths */
5363 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
5365
5366 if (partial_distinct_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
5367 {
5370
5371 /*
5372 * Finally, create paths to distinctify the final result. This step
5373 * is needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from
5374 * parallel workers.
5375 */
5378 }
5379}
5380
5381/*
5382 * create_final_distinct_paths
5383 * Create distinct paths in 'distinct_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
5384 *
5385 * input_rel: contains the source-data paths
5386 * distinct_rel: destination relation for storing created paths
5387 */
5388static RelOptInfo *
5391{
5392 Query *parse = root->parse;
5393 Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
5394 double numDistinctRows;
5395 bool allow_hash;
5396
5397 /* Estimate number of distinct rows there will be */
5398 if (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets || parse->hasAggs ||
5399 root->hasHavingQual)
5400 {
5401 /*
5402 * If there was grouping or aggregation, use the number of input rows
5403 * as the estimated number of DISTINCT rows (ie, assume the input is
5404 * already mostly unique).
5405 */
5407 }
5408 else
5409 {
5410 /*
5411 * Otherwise, the UNIQUE filter has effects comparable to GROUP BY.
5412 */
5414
5415 distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
5416 parse->targetList);
5418 cheapest_input_path->rows,
5419 NULL, NULL);
5420 }
5421
5422 /*
5423 * Consider sort-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
5424 */
5425 if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5426 {
5427 /*
5428 * Firstly, if we have any adequately-presorted paths, just stick a
5429 * Unique node on those. We also, consider doing an explicit sort of
5430 * the cheapest input path and Unique'ing that. If any paths have
5431 * presorted keys then we'll create an incremental sort atop of those
5432 * before adding a unique node on the top. We'll also attempt to
5433 * reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's pathkeys as
5434 * much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to re-sort.
5435 *
5436 * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must sort by the more rigorous of
5437 * DISTINCT and ORDER BY, else it won't have the desired behavior.
5438 * Also, if we do have to do an explicit sort, we might as well use
5439 * the more rigorous ordering to avoid a second sort later. (Note
5440 * that the parser will have ensured that one clause is a prefix of
5441 * the other.)
5442 */
5444 ListCell *lc;
5445 double limittuples = root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL ? 1.0 : -1.0;
5446
5447 if (parse->hasDistinctOn &&
5448 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) <
5449 list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
5450 needed_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
5451 else
5452 needed_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
5453
5454 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
5455 {
5456 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5459
5463 input_path->pathkeys);
5465
5467 {
5470 input_path,
5473 limittuples);
5474
5475 if (sorted_path == NULL)
5476 continue;
5477
5478 /*
5479 * distinct_pathkeys may have become empty if all of the
5480 * pathkeys were determined to be redundant. If all of the
5481 * pathkeys are redundant then each DISTINCT target must only
5482 * allow a single value, therefore all resulting tuples must
5483 * be identical (or at least indistinguishable by an equality
5484 * check). We can uniquify these tuples simply by just taking
5485 * the first tuple. All we do here is add a path to do "LIMIT
5486 * 1" atop of 'sorted_path'. When doing a DISTINCT ON we may
5487 * still have a non-NIL sort_pathkeys list, so we must still
5488 * only do this with paths which are correctly sorted by
5489 * sort_pathkeys.
5490 */
5491 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
5492 {
5493 Node *limitCount;
5494
5495 limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
5496 sizeof(int64),
5497 Int64GetDatum(1), false,
5498 true);
5499
5500 /*
5501 * If the query already has a LIMIT clause, then we could
5502 * end up with a duplicate LimitPath in the final plan.
5503 * That does not seem worth troubling over too much.
5504 */
5507 NULL, limitCount,
5508 LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT, 0, 1));
5509 }
5510 else
5511 {
5515 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
5517 }
5518 }
5519 }
5520 }
5521
5522 /*
5523 * Consider hash-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
5524 *
5525 * If we were not able to make any other types of path, we *must* hash or
5526 * die trying. If we do have other choices, there are two things that
5527 * should prevent selection of hashing: if the query uses DISTINCT ON
5528 * (because it won't really have the expected behavior if we hash), or if
5529 * enable_hashagg is off.
5530 *
5531 * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than the
5532 * other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
5533 */
5534 if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
5535 allow_hash = true; /* we have no alternatives */
5536 else if (parse->hasDistinctOn || !enable_hashagg)
5537 allow_hash = false; /* policy-based decision not to hash */
5538 else
5539 allow_hash = true; /* default */
5540
5541 if (allow_hash && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
5542 {
5543 /* Generate hashed aggregate path --- no sort needed */
5548 cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
5549 AGG_HASHED,
5551 root->processed_distinctClause,
5552 NIL,
5553 NULL,
5555 }
5556
5557 return distinct_rel;
5558}
5559
5560/*
5561 * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct
5562 * Get useful orderings of pathkeys for distinctClause by reordering
5563 * 'needed_pathkeys' to match the given 'path_pathkeys' as much as possible.
5564 *
5565 * This returns a list of pathkeys that can be useful for DISTINCT or DISTINCT
5566 * ON clause. For convenience, it always includes the given 'needed_pathkeys'.
5567 */
5568static List *
5571{
5574
5575 /* always include the given 'needed_pathkeys' */
5578
5580 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5581
5582 /*
5583 * Scan the given 'path_pathkeys' and construct a list of PathKey nodes
5584 * that match 'needed_pathkeys', but only up to the longest matching
5585 * prefix.
5586 *
5587 * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey
5588 * list matches initial distinctClause pathkeys; otherwise, it won't have
5589 * the desired behavior.
5590 */
5592 {
5593 /*
5594 * The PathKey nodes are canonical, so they can be checked for
5595 * equality by simple pointer comparison.
5596 */
5598 break;
5599 if (root->parse->hasDistinctOn &&
5600 !list_member_ptr(root->distinct_pathkeys, pathkey))
5601 break;
5602
5604 }
5605
5606 /* If no match at all, no point in reordering needed_pathkeys */
5607 if (useful_pathkeys == NIL)
5608 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5609
5610 /*
5611 * If not full match, the resulting pathkey list is not useful without
5612 * incremental sort.
5613 */
5616 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5617
5618 /* Append the remaining PathKey nodes in needed_pathkeys */
5621
5622 /*
5623 * If the resulting pathkey list is the same as the 'needed_pathkeys',
5624 * just drop it.
5625 */
5628 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5629
5632
5633 return useful_pathkeys_list;
5634}
5635
5636/*
5637 * create_ordered_paths
5638 *
5639 * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for ORDER BY evaluation.
5640 *
5641 * All paths in the result must satisfy the ORDER BY ordering.
5642 * The only new paths we need consider are an explicit full sort
5643 * and incremental sort on the cheapest-total existing path.
5644 *
5645 * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
5646 * target: the output tlist the result Paths must emit
5647 * limit_tuples: estimated bound on the number of output tuples,
5648 * or -1 if no LIMIT or couldn't estimate
5649 *
5650 * XXX This only looks at sort_pathkeys. I wonder if it needs to look at the
5651 * other pathkeys (grouping, ...) like generate_useful_gather_paths.
5652 */
5653static RelOptInfo *
5656 PathTarget *target,
5657 bool target_parallel_safe,
5658 double limit_tuples)
5659{
5660 Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
5662 ListCell *lc;
5663
5664 /* For now, do all work in the (ORDERED, NULL) upperrel */
5666
5667 /*
5668 * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the ordered relation
5669 * can't be parallel-safe, either. Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
5670 * target list is parallel-safe.
5671 */
5672 if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe)
5673 ordered_rel->consider_parallel = true;
5674
5675 /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed. */
5676 ordered_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
5677
5678 /*
5679 * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the ordered_rel.
5680 */
5681 ordered_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
5682 ordered_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
5683 ordered_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
5684 ordered_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
5685
5686 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
5687 {
5688 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5690 bool is_sorted;
5691 int presorted_keys;
5692
5694 input_path->pathkeys, &presorted_keys);
5695
5696 if (is_sorted)
5698 else
5699 {
5700 /*
5701 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
5702 * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
5703 * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
5704 * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
5705 * input path).
5706 */
5708 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
5709 continue;
5710
5711 /*
5712 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
5713 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
5714 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
5715 */
5716 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5719 input_path,
5720 root->sort_pathkeys,
5721 limit_tuples);
5722 else
5725 input_path,
5726 root->sort_pathkeys,
5727 presorted_keys,
5728 limit_tuples);
5729 }
5730
5731 /*
5732 * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions from
5733 * the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
5734 */
5735 if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
5737 sorted_path, target);
5738
5740 }
5741
5742 /*
5743 * generate_gather_paths() will have already generated a simple Gather
5744 * path for the best parallel path, if any, and the loop above will have
5745 * considered sorting it. Similarly, generate_gather_paths() will also
5746 * have generated order-preserving Gather Merge plans which can be used
5747 * without sorting if they happen to match the sort_pathkeys, and the loop
5748 * above will have handled those as well. However, there's one more
5749 * possibility: it may make sense to sort the cheapest partial path or
5750 * incrementally sort any partial path that is partially sorted according
5751 * to the required output order and then use Gather Merge.
5752 */
5753 if (ordered_rel->consider_parallel && root->sort_pathkeys != NIL &&
5754 input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
5755 {
5757
5758 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
5759
5760 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
5761 {
5762 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
5764 bool is_sorted;
5765 int presorted_keys;
5766 double total_groups;
5767
5769 input_path->pathkeys,
5770 &presorted_keys);
5771
5772 if (is_sorted)
5773 continue;
5774
5775 /*
5776 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
5777 * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
5778 * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
5779 * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
5780 * partial path).
5781 */
5783 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
5784 continue;
5785
5786 /*
5787 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
5788 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
5789 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
5790 */
5791 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
5794 input_path,
5795 root->sort_pathkeys,
5796 limit_tuples);
5797 else
5800 input_path,
5801 root->sort_pathkeys,
5802 presorted_keys,
5803 limit_tuples);
5805 sorted_path = (Path *)
5808 sorted_path->pathtarget,
5809 root->sort_pathkeys, NULL,
5810 &total_groups);
5811
5812 /*
5813 * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions
5814 * from the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
5815 */
5816 if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
5818 sorted_path, target);
5819
5821 }
5822 }
5823
5824 /*
5825 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
5826 * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
5827 */
5828 if (ordered_rel->fdwroutine &&
5829 ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
5830 ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
5832 NULL);
5833
5834 /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
5836 (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
5838
5839 /*
5840 * No need to bother with set_cheapest here; grouping_planner does not
5841 * need us to do it.
5842 */
5843 Assert(ordered_rel->pathlist != NIL);
5844
5845 return ordered_rel;
5846}
5847
5848
5849/*
5850 * make_group_input_target
5851 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to grouping nodes.
5852 *
5853 * If there is grouping or aggregation, the scan/join subplan cannot emit
5854 * the query's final targetlist; for example, it certainly can't emit any
5855 * aggregate function calls. This routine generates the correct target
5856 * for the scan/join subplan.
5857 *
5858 * The query target list passed from the parser already contains entries
5859 * for all ORDER BY and GROUP BY expressions, but it will not have entries
5860 * for variables used only in HAVING clauses; so we need to add those
5861 * variables to the subplan target list. Also, we flatten all expressions
5862 * except GROUP BY items into their component variables; other expressions
5863 * will be computed by the upper plan nodes rather than by the subplan.
5864 * For example, given a query like
5865 * SELECT a+b,SUM(c+d) FROM table GROUP BY a+b;
5866 * we want to pass this targetlist to the subplan:
5867 * a+b,c,d
5868 * where the a+b target will be used by the Sort/Group steps, and the
5869 * other targets will be used for computing the final results.
5870 *
5871 * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
5872 *
5873 * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the Paths returned from
5874 * query_planner().
5875 */
5876static PathTarget *
5878{
5879 Query *parse = root->parse;
5883 int i;
5884 ListCell *lc;
5885
5886 /*
5887 * We must build a target containing all grouping columns, plus any other
5888 * Vars mentioned in the query's targetlist and HAVING qual.
5889 */
5892
5893 i = 0;
5894 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
5895 {
5896 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
5898
5899 if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
5901 root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
5902 {
5903 /*
5904 * It's a grouping column, so add it to the input target as-is.
5905 *
5906 * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step. So
5907 * with grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the
5908 * grouping step if there is any from the target expression.
5909 */
5910 if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
5911 {
5912 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
5913 expr = (Expr *)
5914 remove_nulling_relids((Node *) expr,
5915 bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
5916 NULL);
5917 }
5919 }
5920 else
5921 {
5922 /*
5923 * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
5924 * call to pull_var_clause.
5925 */
5927 }
5928
5929 i++;
5930 }
5931
5932 /*
5933 * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars it uses, too.
5934 */
5935 if (parse->havingQual)
5937
5938 /*
5939 * Pull out all the Vars mentioned in non-group cols (plus HAVING), and
5940 * add them to the input target if not already present. (A Var used
5941 * directly as a GROUP BY item will be present already.) Note this
5942 * includes Vars used in resjunk items, so we are covering the needs of
5943 * ORDER BY and window specifications. Vars used within Aggrefs and
5944 * WindowFuncs will be pulled out here, too.
5945 *
5946 * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step. So with
5947 * grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the grouping step if
5948 * there is any from the non-group Vars.
5949 */
5954 if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
5955 {
5956 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
5957 non_group_vars = (List *)
5959 bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
5960 NULL);
5961 }
5963
5964 /* clean up cruft */
5967
5968 /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
5970}
5971
5972/*
5973 * make_partial_grouping_target
5974 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for output of partial aggregate
5975 * (or partial grouping, if there are no aggregates) nodes.
5976 *
5977 * A partial aggregation node needs to emit all the same aggregates that
5978 * a regular aggregation node would, plus any aggregates used in HAVING;
5979 * except that the Aggref nodes should be marked as partial aggregates.
5980 *
5981 * In addition, we'd better emit any Vars and PlaceHolderVars that are
5982 * used outside of Aggrefs in the aggregation tlist and HAVING. (Presumably,
5983 * these would be Vars that are grouped by or used in grouping expressions.)
5984 *
5985 * grouping_target is the tlist to be emitted by the topmost aggregation step.
5986 * havingQual represents the HAVING clause.
5987 */
5988static PathTarget *
5991 Node *havingQual)
5992{
5996 int i;
5997 ListCell *lc;
5998
6001
6002 i = 0;
6003 foreach(lc, grouping_target->exprs)
6004 {
6005 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6007
6008 if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
6010 root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
6011 {
6012 /*
6013 * It's a grouping column, so add it to the partial_target as-is.
6014 * (This allows the upper agg step to repeat the grouping calcs.)
6015 */
6017 }
6018 else
6019 {
6020 /*
6021 * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
6022 * call to pull_var_clause.
6023 */
6025 }
6026
6027 i++;
6028 }
6029
6030 /*
6031 * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars/Aggrefs it uses, too.
6032 */
6033 if (havingQual)
6034 non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, havingQual);
6035
6036 /*
6037 * Pull out all the Vars, PlaceHolderVars, and Aggrefs mentioned in
6038 * non-group cols (plus HAVING), and add them to the partial_target if not
6039 * already present. (An expression used directly as a GROUP BY item will
6040 * be present already.) Note this includes Vars used in resjunk items, so
6041 * we are covering the needs of ORDER BY and window specifications.
6042 */
6047
6049
6050 /*
6051 * Adjust Aggrefs to put them in partial mode. At this point all Aggrefs
6052 * are at the top level of the target list, so we can just scan the list
6053 * rather than recursing through the expression trees.
6054 */
6055 foreach(lc, partial_target->exprs)
6056 {
6057 Aggref *aggref = (Aggref *) lfirst(lc);
6058
6059 if (IsA(aggref, Aggref))
6060 {
6062
6063 /*
6064 * We shouldn't need to copy the substructure of the Aggref node,
6065 * but flat-copy the node itself to avoid damaging other trees.
6066 */
6068 memcpy(newaggref, aggref, sizeof(Aggref));
6069
6070 /* For now, assume serialization is required */
6072
6073 lfirst(lc) = newaggref;
6074 }
6075 }
6076
6077 /* clean up cruft */
6080
6081 /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
6083}
6084
6085/*
6086 * mark_partial_aggref
6087 * Adjust an Aggref to make it represent a partial-aggregation step.
6088 *
6089 * The Aggref node is modified in-place; caller must do any copying required.
6090 */
6091void
6093{
6094 /* aggtranstype should be computed by this point */
6095 Assert(OidIsValid(agg->aggtranstype));
6096 /* ... but aggsplit should still be as the parser left it */
6097 Assert(agg->aggsplit == AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE);
6098
6099 /* Mark the Aggref with the intended partial-aggregation mode */
6100 agg->aggsplit = aggsplit;
6101
6102 /*
6103 * Adjust result type if needed. Normally, a partial aggregate returns
6104 * the aggregate's transition type; but if that's INTERNAL and we're
6105 * serializing, it returns BYTEA instead.
6106 */
6107 if (DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(aggsplit))
6108 {
6109 if (agg->aggtranstype == INTERNALOID && DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(aggsplit))
6110 agg->aggtype = BYTEAOID;
6111 else
6112 agg->aggtype = agg->aggtranstype;
6113 }
6114}
6115
6116/*
6117 * postprocess_setop_tlist
6118 * Fix up targetlist returned by plan_set_operations().
6119 *
6120 * We need to transpose sort key info from the orig_tlist into new_tlist.
6121 * NOTE: this would not be good enough if we supported resjunk sort keys
6122 * for results of set operations --- then, we'd need to project a whole
6123 * new tlist to evaluate the resjunk columns. For now, just ereport if we
6124 * find any resjunk columns in orig_tlist.
6125 */
6126static List *
6128{
6129 ListCell *l;
6131
6132 foreach(l, new_tlist)
6133 {
6136
6137 /* ignore resjunk columns in setop result */
6138 if (new_tle->resjunk)
6139 continue;
6140
6144 if (orig_tle->resjunk) /* should not happen */
6145 elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
6146 Assert(new_tle->resno == orig_tle->resno);
6147 new_tle->ressortgroupref = orig_tle->ressortgroupref;
6148 }
6149 if (orig_tlist_item != NULL)
6150 elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
6151 return new_tlist;
6152}
6153
6154/*
6155 * optimize_window_clauses
6156 * Call each WindowFunc's prosupport function to see if we're able to
6157 * make any adjustments to any of the WindowClause's so that the executor
6158 * can execute the window functions in a more optimal way.
6159 *
6160 * Currently we only allow adjustments to the WindowClause's frameOptions. We
6161 * may allow more things to be done here in the future.
6162 */
6163static void
6165{
6166 List *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
6167 ListCell *lc;
6168
6169 foreach(lc, windowClause)
6170 {
6172 ListCell *lc2;
6173 int optimizedFrameOptions = 0;
6174
6175 Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
6176
6177 /* skip any WindowClauses that have no WindowFuncs */
6178 if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
6179 continue;
6180
6181 foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
6182 {
6187
6189
6190 /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
6191 if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
6192 break; /* can't optimize this WindowClause */
6193
6195 req.window_clause = wc;
6196 req.window_func = wfunc;
6197 req.frameOptions = wc->frameOptions;
6198
6199 /* call the support function */
6202 PointerGetDatum(&req)));
6203
6204 /*
6205 * Skip to next WindowClause if the support function does not
6206 * support this request type.
6207 */
6208 if (res == NULL)
6209 break;
6210
6211 /*
6212 * Save these frameOptions for the first WindowFunc for this
6213 * WindowClause.
6214 */
6215 if (foreach_current_index(lc2) == 0)
6217
6218 /*
6219 * On subsequent WindowFuncs, if the frameOptions are not the same
6220 * then we're unable to optimize the frameOptions for this
6221 * WindowClause.
6222 */
6223 else if (optimizedFrameOptions != res->frameOptions)
6224 break; /* skip to the next WindowClause, if any */
6225 }
6226
6227 /* adjust the frameOptions if all WindowFunc's agree that it's ok */
6228 if (lc2 == NULL && wc->frameOptions != optimizedFrameOptions)
6229 {
6230 ListCell *lc3;
6231
6232 /* apply the new frame options */
6234
6235 /*
6236 * We now check to see if changing the frameOptions has caused
6237 * this WindowClause to be a duplicate of some other WindowClause.
6238 * This can only happen if we have multiple WindowClauses, so
6239 * don't bother if there's only 1.
6240 */
6241 if (list_length(windowClause) == 1)
6242 continue;
6243
6244 /*
6245 * Do the duplicate check and reuse the existing WindowClause if
6246 * we find a duplicate.
6247 */
6248 foreach(lc3, windowClause)
6249 {
6251
6252 /* skip over the WindowClause we're currently editing */
6253 if (existing_wc == wc)
6254 continue;
6255
6256 /*
6257 * Perform the same duplicate check that is done in
6258 * transformWindowFuncCall.
6259 */
6260 if (equal(wc->partitionClause, existing_wc->partitionClause) &&
6261 equal(wc->orderClause, existing_wc->orderClause) &&
6262 wc->frameOptions == existing_wc->frameOptions &&
6263 equal(wc->startOffset, existing_wc->startOffset) &&
6264 equal(wc->endOffset, existing_wc->endOffset))
6265 {
6266 ListCell *lc4;
6267
6268 /*
6269 * Now move each WindowFunc in 'wc' into 'existing_wc'.
6270 * This required adjusting each WindowFunc's winref and
6271 * moving the WindowFuncs in 'wc' to the list of
6272 * WindowFuncs in 'existing_wc'.
6273 */
6274 foreach(lc4, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
6275 {
6277
6278 wfunc->winref = existing_wc->winref;
6279 }
6280
6281 /* move list items */
6282 wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref] = list_concat(wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref],
6283 wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref]);
6284 wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] = NIL;
6285
6286 /*
6287 * transformWindowFuncCall() should have made sure there
6288 * are no other duplicates, so we needn't bother looking
6289 * any further.
6290 */
6291 break;
6292 }
6293 }
6294 }
6295 }
6296}
6297
6298/*
6299 * select_active_windows
6300 * Create a list of the "active" window clauses (ie, those referenced
6301 * by non-deleted WindowFuncs) in the order they are to be executed.
6302 */
6303static List *
6305{
6306 List *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
6307 List *result = NIL;
6308 ListCell *lc;
6309 int nActive = 0;
6311 list_length(windowClause));
6312
6313 /* First, construct an array of the active windows */
6314 foreach(lc, windowClause)
6315 {
6317
6318 /* It's only active if wflists shows some related WindowFuncs */
6319 Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
6320 if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
6321 continue;
6322
6323 actives[nActive].wc = wc; /* original clause */
6324
6325 /*
6326 * For sorting, we want the list of partition keys followed by the
6327 * list of sort keys. But pathkeys construction will remove duplicates
6328 * between the two, so we can as well (even though we can't detect all
6329 * of the duplicates, since some may come from ECs - that might mean
6330 * we miss optimization chances here). We must, however, ensure that
6331 * the order of entries is preserved with respect to the ones we do
6332 * keep.
6333 *
6334 * partitionClause and orderClause had their own duplicates removed in
6335 * parse analysis, so we're only concerned here with removing
6336 * orderClause entries that also appear in partitionClause.
6337 */
6338 actives[nActive].uniqueOrder =
6340 wc->orderClause);
6341 nActive++;
6342 }
6343
6344 /*
6345 * Sort active windows by their partitioning/ordering clauses, ignoring
6346 * any framing clauses, so that the windows that need the same sorting are
6347 * adjacent in the list. When we come to generate paths, this will avoid
6348 * inserting additional Sort nodes.
6349 *
6350 * This is how we implement a specific requirement from the SQL standard,
6351 * which says that when two or more windows are order-equivalent (i.e.
6352 * have matching partition and order clauses, even if their names or
6353 * framing clauses differ), then all peer rows must be presented in the
6354 * same order in all of them. If we allowed multiple sort nodes for such
6355 * cases, we'd risk having the peer rows end up in different orders in
6356 * equivalent windows due to sort instability. (See General Rule 4 of
6357 * <window clause> in SQL2008 - SQL2016.)
6358 *
6359 * Additionally, if the entire list of clauses of one window is a prefix
6360 * of another, put first the window with stronger sorting requirements.
6361 * This way we will first sort for stronger window, and won't have to sort
6362 * again for the weaker one.
6363 */
6365
6366 /* build ordered list of the original WindowClause nodes */
6367 for (int i = 0; i < nActive; i++)
6368 result = lappend(result, actives[i].wc);
6369
6370 pfree(actives);
6371
6372 return result;
6373}
6374
6375/*
6376 * name_active_windows
6377 * Ensure all active windows have unique names.
6378 *
6379 * The parser will have checked that user-assigned window names are unique
6380 * within the Query. Here we assign made-up names to any unnamed
6381 * WindowClauses for the benefit of EXPLAIN. (We don't want to do this
6382 * at parse time, because it'd mess up decompilation of views.)
6383 *
6384 * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
6385 */
6386static void
6388{
6389 int next_n = 1;
6390 char newname[16];
6391 ListCell *lc;
6392
6393 foreach(lc, activeWindows)
6394 {
6396
6397 /* Nothing to do if it has a name already. */
6398 if (wc->name)
6399 continue;
6400
6401 /* Select a name not currently present in the list. */
6402 for (;;)
6403 {
6404 ListCell *lc2;
6405
6406 snprintf(newname, sizeof(newname), "w%d", next_n++);
6407 foreach(lc2, activeWindows)
6408 {
6410
6411 if (wc2->name && strcmp(wc2->name, newname) == 0)
6412 break; /* matched */
6413 }
6414 if (lc2 == NULL)
6415 break; /* reached the end with no match */
6416 }
6417 wc->name = pstrdup(newname);
6418 }
6419}
6420
6421/*
6422 * common_prefix_cmp
6423 * QSort comparison function for WindowClauseSortData
6424 *
6425 * Sort the windows by the required sorting clauses. First, compare the sort
6426 * clauses themselves. Second, if one window's clauses are a prefix of another
6427 * one's clauses, put the window with more sort clauses first.
6428 *
6429 * We purposefully sort by the highest tleSortGroupRef first. Since
6430 * tleSortGroupRefs are assigned for the query's DISTINCT and ORDER BY first
6431 * and because here we sort the lowest tleSortGroupRefs last, if a
6432 * WindowClause is sharing a tleSortGroupRef with the query's DISTINCT or
6433 * ORDER BY clause, this makes it more likely that the final WindowAgg will
6434 * provide presorted input for the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause, thus
6435 * reducing the total number of sorts required for the query.
6436 */
6437static int
6438common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
6439{
6440 const WindowClauseSortData *wcsa = a;
6441 const WindowClauseSortData *wcsb = b;
6444
6445 forboth(item_a, wcsa->uniqueOrder, item_b, wcsb->uniqueOrder)
6446 {
6449
6450 if (sca->tleSortGroupRef > scb->tleSortGroupRef)
6451 return -1;
6452 else if (sca->tleSortGroupRef < scb->tleSortGroupRef)
6453 return 1;
6454 else if (sca->sortop > scb->sortop)
6455 return -1;
6456 else if (sca->sortop < scb->sortop)
6457 return 1;
6458 else if (sca->nulls_first && !scb->nulls_first)
6459 return -1;
6460 else if (!sca->nulls_first && scb->nulls_first)
6461 return 1;
6462 /* no need to compare eqop, since it is fully determined by sortop */
6463 }
6464
6465 if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) > list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
6466 return -1;
6467 else if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) < list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
6468 return 1;
6469
6470 return 0;
6471}
6472
6473/*
6474 * make_window_input_target
6475 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to WindowAgg nodes.
6476 *
6477 * When the query has window functions, this function computes the desired
6478 * target to be computed by the node just below the first WindowAgg.
6479 * This tlist must contain all values needed to evaluate the window functions,
6480 * compute the final target list, and perform any required final sort step.
6481 * If multiple WindowAggs are needed, each intermediate one adds its window
6482 * function results onto this base tlist; only the topmost WindowAgg computes
6483 * the actual desired target list.
6484 *
6485 * This function is much like make_group_input_target, though not quite enough
6486 * like it to share code. As in that function, we flatten most expressions
6487 * into their component variables. But we do not want to flatten window
6488 * PARTITION BY/ORDER BY clauses, since that might result in multiple
6489 * evaluations of them, which would be bad (possibly even resulting in
6490 * inconsistent answers, if they contain volatile functions).
6491 * Also, we must not flatten GROUP BY clauses that were left unflattened by
6492 * make_group_input_target, because we may no longer have access to the
6493 * individual Vars in them.
6494 *
6495 * Another key difference from make_group_input_target is that we don't
6496 * flatten Aggref expressions, since those are to be computed below the
6497 * window functions and just referenced like Vars above that.
6498 *
6499 * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
6500 * 'activeWindows' is the list of active windows previously identified by
6501 * select_active_windows.
6502 *
6503 * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
6504 * below the first WindowAgg node.
6505 */
6506static PathTarget *
6509 List *activeWindows)
6510{
6515 int i;
6516 ListCell *lc;
6517
6518 Assert(root->parse->hasWindowFuncs);
6519
6520 /*
6521 * Collect the sortgroupref numbers of window PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses
6522 * into a bitmapset for convenient reference below.
6523 */
6524 sgrefs = NULL;
6525 foreach(lc, activeWindows)
6526 {
6528 ListCell *lc2;
6529
6530 foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
6531 {
6533
6534 sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6535 }
6536 foreach(lc2, wc->orderClause)
6537 {
6539
6540 sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6541 }
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Add in sortgroupref numbers of GROUP BY clauses, too */
6545 foreach(lc, root->processed_groupClause)
6546 {
6548
6549 sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, grpcl->tleSortGroupRef);
6550 }
6551
6552 /*
6553 * Construct a target containing all the non-flattenable targetlist items,
6554 * and save aside the others for a moment.
6555 */
6558
6559 i = 0;
6560 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
6561 {
6562 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6564
6565 /*
6566 * Don't want to deconstruct window clauses or GROUP BY items. (Note
6567 * that such items can't contain window functions, so it's okay to
6568 * compute them below the WindowAgg nodes.)
6569 */
6570 if (sgref != 0 && bms_is_member(sgref, sgrefs))
6571 {
6572 /*
6573 * Don't want to deconstruct this value, so add it to the input
6574 * target as-is.
6575 */
6577 }
6578 else
6579 {
6580 /*
6581 * Column is to be flattened, so just remember the expression for
6582 * later call to pull_var_clause.
6583 */
6585 }
6586
6587 i++;
6588 }
6589
6590 /*
6591 * Pull out all the Vars and Aggrefs mentioned in flattenable columns, and
6592 * add them to the input target if not already present. (Some might be
6593 * there already because they're used directly as window/group clauses.)
6594 *
6595 * Note: it's essential to use PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES here, so that any
6596 * Aggrefs are placed in the Agg node's tlist and not left to be computed
6597 * at higher levels. On the other hand, we should recurse into
6598 * WindowFuncs to make sure their input expressions are available.
6599 */
6605
6606 /* clean up cruft */
6609
6610 /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
6612}
6613
6614/*
6615 * make_pathkeys_for_window
6616 * Create a pathkeys list describing the required input ordering
6617 * for the given WindowClause.
6618 *
6619 * Modifies wc's partitionClause to remove any clauses which are deemed
6620 * redundant by the pathkey logic.
6621 *
6622 * The required ordering is first the PARTITION keys, then the ORDER keys.
6623 * In the future we might try to implement windowing using hashing, in which
6624 * case the ordering could be relaxed, but for now we always sort.
6625 */
6626static List *
6628 List *tlist)
6629{
6630 List *window_pathkeys = NIL;
6631
6632 /* Throw error if can't sort */
6634 ereport(ERROR,
6636 errmsg("could not implement window PARTITION BY"),
6637 errdetail("Window partitioning columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
6639 ereport(ERROR,
6641 errmsg("could not implement window ORDER BY"),
6642 errdetail("Window ordering columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
6643
6644 /*
6645 * First fetch the pathkeys for the PARTITION BY clause. We can safely
6646 * remove any clauses from the wc->partitionClause for redundant pathkeys.
6647 */
6648 if (wc->partitionClause != NIL)
6649 {
6650 bool sortable;
6651
6653 &wc->partitionClause,
6654 tlist,
6655 true,
6656 false,
6657 &sortable,
6658 false);
6659
6661 }
6662
6663 /*
6664 * In principle, we could also consider removing redundant ORDER BY items
6665 * too as doing so does not alter the result of peer row checks done by
6666 * the executor. However, we must *not* remove the ordering column for
6667 * RANGE OFFSET cases, as the executor needs that for in_range tests even
6668 * if it's known to be equal to some partitioning column.
6669 */
6670 if (wc->orderClause != NIL)
6671 {
6673
6675 wc->orderClause,
6676 tlist);
6677
6678 /* Okay, make the combined pathkeys */
6679 if (window_pathkeys != NIL)
6680 window_pathkeys = append_pathkeys(window_pathkeys, orderby_pathkeys);
6681 else
6682 window_pathkeys = orderby_pathkeys;
6683 }
6684
6685 return window_pathkeys;
6686}
6687
6688/*
6689 * make_sort_input_target
6690 * Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to Sort step.
6691 *
6692 * If the query has ORDER BY, this function chooses the target to be computed
6693 * by the node just below the Sort (and DISTINCT, if any, since Unique can't
6694 * project) steps. This might or might not be identical to the query's final
6695 * output target.
6696 *
6697 * The main argument for keeping the sort-input tlist the same as the final
6698 * is that we avoid a separate projection node (which will be needed if
6699 * they're different, because Sort can't project). However, there are also
6700 * advantages to postponing tlist evaluation till after the Sort: it ensures
6701 * a consistent order of evaluation for any volatile functions in the tlist,
6702 * and if there's also a LIMIT, we can stop the query without ever computing
6703 * tlist functions for later rows, which is beneficial for both volatile and
6704 * expensive functions.
6705 *
6706 * Our current policy is to postpone volatile expressions till after the sort
6707 * unconditionally (assuming that that's possible, ie they are in plain tlist
6708 * columns and not ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT columns). We also prefer to
6709 * postpone set-returning expressions, because running them beforehand would
6710 * bloat the sort dataset, and because it might cause unexpected output order
6711 * if the sort isn't stable. However there's a constraint on that: all SRFs
6712 * in the tlist should be evaluated at the same plan step, so that they can
6713 * run in sync in nodeProjectSet. So if any SRFs are in sort columns, we
6714 * mustn't postpone any SRFs. (Note that in principle that policy should
6715 * probably get applied to the group/window input targetlists too, but we
6716 * have not done that historically.) Lastly, expensive expressions are
6717 * postponed if there is a LIMIT, or if root->tuple_fraction shows that
6718 * partial evaluation of the query is possible (if neither is true, we expect
6719 * to have to evaluate the expressions for every row anyway), or if there are
6720 * any volatile or set-returning expressions (since once we've put in a
6721 * projection at all, it won't cost any more to postpone more stuff).
6722 *
6723 * Another issue that could potentially be considered here is that
6724 * evaluating tlist expressions could result in data that's either wider
6725 * or narrower than the input Vars, thus changing the volume of data that
6726 * has to go through the Sort. However, we usually have only a very bad
6727 * idea of the output width of any expression more complex than a Var,
6728 * so for now it seems too risky to try to optimize on that basis.
6729 *
6730 * Note that if we do produce a modified sort-input target, and then the
6731 * query ends up not using an explicit Sort, no particular harm is done:
6732 * we'll initially use the modified target for the preceding path nodes,
6733 * but then change them to the final target with apply_projection_to_path.
6734 * Moreover, in such a case the guarantees about evaluation order of
6735 * volatile functions still hold, since the rows are sorted already.
6736 *
6737 * This function has some things in common with make_group_input_target and
6738 * make_window_input_target, though the detailed rules for what to do are
6739 * different. We never flatten/postpone any grouping or ordering columns;
6740 * those are needed before the sort. If we do flatten a particular
6741 * expression, we leave Aggref and WindowFunc nodes alone, since those were
6742 * computed earlier.
6743 *
6744 * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
6745 * 'have_postponed_srfs' is an output argument, see below
6746 *
6747 * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
6748 * below the Sort step (and the Distinct step, if any). This will be
6749 * exactly final_target if we decide a projection step wouldn't be helpful.
6750 *
6751 * In addition, *have_postponed_srfs is set to true if we choose to postpone
6752 * any set-returning functions to after the Sort.
6753 */
6754static PathTarget *
6757 bool *have_postponed_srfs)
6758{
6759 Query *parse = root->parse;
6761 int ncols;
6762 bool *col_is_srf;
6763 bool *postpone_col;
6764 bool have_srf;
6765 bool have_volatile;
6766 bool have_expensive;
6767 bool have_srf_sortcols;
6768 bool postpone_srfs;
6771 int i;
6772 ListCell *lc;
6773
6774 /* Shouldn't get here unless query has ORDER BY */
6775 Assert(parse->sortClause);
6776
6777 *have_postponed_srfs = false; /* default result */
6778
6779 /* Inspect tlist and collect per-column information */
6780 ncols = list_length(final_target->exprs);
6781 col_is_srf = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
6782 postpone_col = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
6784
6785 i = 0;
6786 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
6787 {
6788 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6789
6790 /*
6791 * If the column has a sortgroupref, assume it has to be evaluated
6792 * before sorting. Generally such columns would be ORDER BY, GROUP
6793 * BY, etc targets. One exception is columns that were removed from
6794 * GROUP BY by remove_useless_groupby_columns() ... but those would
6795 * only be Vars anyway. There don't seem to be any cases where it
6796 * would be worth the trouble to double-check.
6797 */
6799 {
6800 /*
6801 * Check for SRF or volatile functions. Check the SRF case first
6802 * because we must know whether we have any postponed SRFs.
6803 */
6804 if (parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
6805 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
6806 {
6807 /* We'll decide below whether these are postponable */
6808 col_is_srf[i] = true;
6809 have_srf = true;
6810 }
6811 else if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) expr))
6812 {
6813 /* Unconditionally postpone */
6814 postpone_col[i] = true;
6815 have_volatile = true;
6816 }
6817 else
6818 {
6819 /*
6820 * Else check the cost. XXX it's annoying to have to do this
6821 * when set_pathtarget_cost_width() just did it. Refactor to
6822 * allow sharing the work?
6823 */
6824 QualCost cost;
6825
6826 cost_qual_eval_node(&cost, (Node *) expr, root);
6827
6828 /*
6829 * We arbitrarily define "expensive" as "more than 10X
6830 * cpu_operator_cost". Note this will take in any PL function
6831 * with default cost.
6832 */
6833 if (cost.per_tuple > 10 * cpu_operator_cost)
6834 {
6835 postpone_col[i] = true;
6836 have_expensive = true;
6837 }
6838 }
6839 }
6840 else
6841 {
6842 /* For sortgroupref cols, just check if any contain SRFs */
6843 if (!have_srf_sortcols &&
6844 parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
6845 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
6846 have_srf_sortcols = true;
6847 }
6848
6849 i++;
6850 }
6851
6852 /*
6853 * We can postpone SRFs if we have some but none are in sortgroupref cols.
6854 */
6856
6857 /*
6858 * If we don't need a post-sort projection, just return final_target.
6859 */
6860 if (!(postpone_srfs || have_volatile ||
6861 (have_expensive &&
6862 (parse->limitCount || root->tuple_fraction > 0))))
6863 return final_target;
6864
6865 /*
6866 * Report whether the post-sort projection will contain set-returning
6867 * functions. This is important because it affects whether the Sort can
6868 * rely on the query's LIMIT (if any) to bound the number of rows it needs
6869 * to return.
6870 */
6872
6873 /*
6874 * Construct the sort-input target, taking all non-postponable columns and
6875 * then adding Vars, PlaceHolderVars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs found in
6876 * the postponable ones.
6877 */
6880
6881 i = 0;
6882 foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
6883 {
6884 Expr *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
6885
6886 if (postpone_col[i] || (postpone_srfs && col_is_srf[i]))
6888 else
6891
6892 i++;
6893 }
6894
6895 /*
6896 * Pull out all the Vars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs mentioned in
6897 * postponable columns, and add them to the sort-input target if not
6898 * already present. (Some might be there already.) We mustn't
6899 * deconstruct Aggrefs or WindowFuncs here, since the projection node
6900 * would be unable to recompute them.
6901 */
6907
6908 /* clean up cruft */
6911
6912 /* XXX this represents even more redundant cost calculation ... */
6914}
6915
6916/*
6917 * get_cheapest_fractional_path
6918 * Find the cheapest path for retrieving a specified fraction of all
6919 * the tuples expected to be returned by the given relation.
6920 *
6921 * Do not consider parameterized paths. If the caller needs a path for upper
6922 * rel, it can't have parameterized paths. If the caller needs an append
6923 * subpath, it could become limited by the treatment of similar
6924 * parameterization of all the subpaths.
6925 *
6926 * We interpret tuple_fraction the same way as grouping_planner.
6927 *
6928 * We assume set_cheapest() has been run on the given rel.
6929 */
6930Path *
6931get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
6932{
6934 ListCell *l;
6935
6936 /* If all tuples will be retrieved, just return the cheapest-total path */
6937 if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
6938 return best_path;
6939
6940 /* Convert absolute # of tuples to a fraction; no need to clamp to 0..1 */
6941 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0 && best_path->rows > 0)
6942 tuple_fraction /= best_path->rows;
6943
6944 foreach(l, rel->pathlist)
6945 {
6946 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
6947
6948 if (path->param_info)
6949 continue;
6950
6951 if (path == rel->cheapest_total_path ||
6952 compare_fractional_path_costs(best_path, path, tuple_fraction) <= 0)
6953 continue;
6954
6955 best_path = path;
6956 }
6957
6958 return best_path;
6959}
6960
6961/*
6962 * adjust_paths_for_srfs
6963 * Fix up the Paths of the given upperrel to handle tSRFs properly.
6964 *
6965 * The executor can only handle set-returning functions that appear at the
6966 * top level of the targetlist of a ProjectSet plan node. If we have any SRFs
6967 * that are not at top level, we need to split up the evaluation into multiple
6968 * plan levels in which each level satisfies this constraint. This function
6969 * modifies each Path of an upperrel that (might) compute any SRFs in its
6970 * output tlist to insert appropriate projection steps.
6971 *
6972 * The given targets and targets_contain_srfs lists are from
6973 * split_pathtarget_at_srfs(). We assume the existing Paths emit the first
6974 * target in targets.
6975 */
6976static void
6978 List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
6979{
6980 ListCell *lc;
6981
6984
6985 /* If no SRFs appear at this plan level, nothing to do */
6986 if (list_length(targets) == 1)
6987 return;
6988
6989 /*
6990 * Stack SRF-evaluation nodes atop each path for the rel.
6991 *
6992 * In principle we should re-run set_cheapest() here to identify the
6993 * cheapest path, but it seems unlikely that adding the same tlist eval
6994 * costs to all the paths would change that, so we don't bother. Instead,
6995 * just assume that the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total paths remain
6996 * so. (There should be no parameterized paths anymore, so we needn't
6997 * worry about updating cheapest_parameterized_paths.)
6998 */
6999 foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
7000 {
7001 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7002 Path *newpath = subpath;
7003 ListCell *lc1,
7004 *lc2;
7005
7006 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
7008 {
7010 bool contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
7011
7012 /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
7013 if (contains_srfs)
7015 rel,
7016 newpath,
7017 thistarget);
7018 else
7020 rel,
7021 newpath,
7022 thistarget);
7023 }
7024 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
7025 if (subpath == rel->cheapest_startup_path)
7027 if (subpath == rel->cheapest_total_path)
7029 }
7030
7031 /* Likewise for partial paths, if any */
7032 foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
7033 {
7034 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7035 Path *newpath = subpath;
7036 ListCell *lc1,
7037 *lc2;
7038
7039 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
7041 {
7043 bool contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
7044
7045 /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
7046 if (contains_srfs)
7048 rel,
7049 newpath,
7050 thistarget);
7051 else
7052 {
7053 /* avoid apply_projection_to_path, in case of multiple refs */
7055 rel,
7056 newpath,
7057 thistarget);
7058 }
7059 }
7060 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
7061 }
7062}
7063
7064/*
7065 * expression_planner
7066 * Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression.
7067 *
7068 * Various utility commands need to evaluate expressions that are not part
7069 * of a plannable query. They can do so using the executor's regular
7070 * expression-execution machinery, but first the expression has to be fed
7071 * through here to transform it from parser output to something executable.
7072 *
7073 * Currently, we disallow sublinks in standalone expressions, so there's no
7074 * real "planning" involved here. (That might not always be true though.)
7075 * What we must do is run eval_const_expressions to ensure that any function
7076 * calls are converted to positional notation and function default arguments
7077 * get inserted. The fact that constant subexpressions get simplified is a
7078 * side-effect that is useful when the expression will get evaluated more than
7079 * once. Also, we must fix operator function IDs.
7080 *
7081 * This does not return any information about dependencies of the expression.
7082 * Hence callers should use the results only for the duration of the current
7083 * query. Callers that would like to cache the results for longer should use
7084 * expression_planner_with_deps, probably via the plancache.
7085 *
7086 * Note: this must not make any damaging changes to the passed-in expression
7087 * tree. (It would actually be okay to apply fix_opfuncids to it, but since
7088 * we first do an expression_tree_mutator-based walk, what is returned will
7089 * be a new node tree.) The result is constructed in the current memory
7090 * context; beware that this can leak a lot of additional stuff there, too.
7091 */
7092Expr *
7094{
7095 Node *result;
7096
7097 /*
7098 * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
7099 * simplify constant subexprs
7100 */
7102
7103 /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
7105
7106 return (Expr *) result;
7107}
7108
7109/*
7110 * expression_planner_with_deps
7111 * Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression,
7112 * returning expression dependency information along with the result.
7113 *
7114 * This is identical to expression_planner() except that it also returns
7115 * information about possible dependencies of the expression, ie identities of
7116 * objects whose definitions affect the result. As in a PlannedStmt, these
7117 * are expressed as a list of relation Oids and a list of PlanInvalItems.
7118 */
7119Expr *
7121 List **relationOids,
7122 List **invalItems)
7123{
7124 Node *result;
7125 PlannerGlobal glob;
7127
7128 /* Make up dummy planner state so we can use setrefs machinery */
7129 MemSet(&glob, 0, sizeof(glob));
7130 glob.type = T_PlannerGlobal;
7131 glob.relationOids = NIL;
7132 glob.invalItems = NIL;
7133
7134 MemSet(&root, 0, sizeof(root));
7135 root.type = T_PlannerInfo;
7136 root.glob = &glob;
7137
7138 /*
7139 * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
7140 * simplify constant subexprs. Collect identities of inlined functions
7141 * and elided domains, too.
7142 */
7143 result = eval_const_expressions(&root, (Node *) expr);
7144
7145 /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
7147
7148 /*
7149 * Now walk the finished expression to find anything else we ought to
7150 * record as an expression dependency.
7151 */
7153
7154 *relationOids = glob.relationOids;
7155 *invalItems = glob.invalItems;
7156
7157 return (Expr *) result;
7158}
7159
7160
7161/*
7162 * plan_cluster_use_sort
7163 * Use the planner to decide how CLUSTER should implement sorting
7164 *
7165 * tableOid is the OID of a table to be clustered on its index indexOid
7166 * (which is already known to be a btree index). Decide whether it's
7167 * cheaper to do an indexscan or a seqscan-plus-sort to execute the CLUSTER.
7168 * Return true to use sorting, false to use an indexscan.
7169 *
7170 * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table.
7171 */
7172bool
7173plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
7174{
7176 Query *query;
7177 PlannerGlobal *glob;
7179 RelOptInfo *rel;
7180 IndexOptInfo *indexInfo;
7186 ListCell *lc;
7187
7188 /* We can short-circuit the cost comparison if indexscans are disabled */
7189 if (!enable_indexscan)
7190 return true; /* use sort */
7191
7192 /* Set up mostly-dummy planner state */
7193 query = makeNode(Query);
7194 query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
7195
7196 glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
7197
7199 root->parse = query;
7200 root->glob = glob;
7201 root->query_level = 1;
7202 root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7203 root->wt_param_id = -1;
7204 root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
7205
7206 /* Build a minimal RTE for the rel */
7208 rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
7209 rte->relid = tableOid;
7210 rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
7211 rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
7212 rte->lateral = false;
7213 rte->inh = false;
7214 rte->inFromCl = true;
7215 query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
7216 addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
7217
7218 /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
7220
7221 /* Build RelOptInfo */
7222 rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
7223
7224 /* Locate IndexOptInfo for the target index */
7225 indexInfo = NULL;
7226 foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
7227 {
7228 indexInfo = lfirst_node(IndexOptInfo, lc);
7229 if (indexInfo->indexoid == indexOid)
7230 break;
7231 }
7232
7233 /*
7234 * It's possible that get_relation_info did not generate an IndexOptInfo
7235 * for the desired index; this could happen if it's not yet reached its
7236 * indcheckxmin usability horizon, or if it's a system index and we're
7237 * ignoring system indexes. In such cases we should tell CLUSTER to not
7238 * trust the index contents but use seqscan-and-sort.
7239 */
7240 if (lc == NULL) /* not in the list? */
7241 return true; /* use sort */
7242
7243 /*
7244 * Rather than doing all the pushups that would be needed to use
7245 * set_baserel_size_estimates, just do a quick hack for rows and width.
7246 */
7247 rel->rows = rel->tuples;
7248 rel->reltarget->width = get_relation_data_width(tableOid, NULL);
7249
7250 root->total_table_pages = rel->pages;
7251
7252 /*
7253 * Determine eval cost of the index expressions, if any. We need to
7254 * charge twice that amount for each tuple comparison that happens during
7255 * the sort, since tuplesort.c will have to re-evaluate the index
7256 * expressions each time. (XXX that's pretty inefficient...)
7257 */
7258 cost_qual_eval(&indexExprCost, indexInfo->indexprs, root);
7259 comparisonCost = 2.0 * (indexExprCost.startup + indexExprCost.per_tuple);
7260
7261 /* Estimate the cost of seq scan + sort */
7264 seqScanPath->disabled_nodes,
7265 seqScanPath->total_cost, rel->tuples, rel->reltarget->width,
7267
7268 /* Estimate the cost of index scan */
7270 NIL, NIL, NIL, NIL,
7271 ForwardScanDirection, false,
7272 NULL, 1.0, false);
7273
7274 return (seqScanAndSortPath.total_cost < indexScanPath->path.total_cost);
7275}
7276
7277/*
7278 * plan_create_index_workers
7279 * Use the planner to decide how many parallel worker processes
7280 * CREATE INDEX should request for use
7281 *
7282 * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built. indexOid is the
7283 * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with
7284 * support for parallel builds - currently btree, GIN, or BRIN).
7285 *
7286 * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request. It
7287 * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0. Note that this does not include the
7288 * leader participating as a worker (value is always a number of parallel
7289 * worker processes).
7290 *
7291 * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table and
7292 * index.
7293 */
7294int
7296{
7298 Query *query;
7299 PlannerGlobal *glob;
7301 Relation heap;
7303 RelOptInfo *rel;
7304 int parallel_workers;
7306 double reltuples;
7307 double allvisfrac;
7308
7309 /*
7310 * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or
7311 * when parallelism is disabled.
7312 */
7314 return 0;
7315
7316 /* Set up largely-dummy planner state */
7317 query = makeNode(Query);
7318 query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
7319
7320 glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
7321
7323 root->parse = query;
7324 root->glob = glob;
7325 root->query_level = 1;
7326 root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
7327 root->wt_param_id = -1;
7328 root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
7329
7330 /*
7331 * Build a minimal RTE.
7332 *
7333 * Mark the RTE with inh = true. This is a kludge to prevent
7334 * get_relation_info() from fetching index info, which is necessary
7335 * because it does not expect that any IndexOptInfo is currently
7336 * undergoing REINDEX.
7337 */
7339 rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
7340 rte->relid = tableOid;
7341 rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
7342 rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
7343 rte->lateral = false;
7344 rte->inh = true;
7345 rte->inFromCl = true;
7346 query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
7347 addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
7348
7349 /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
7351
7352 /* Build RelOptInfo */
7353 rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
7354
7355 /* Rels are assumed already locked by the caller */
7356 heap = table_open(tableOid, NoLock);
7357 index = index_open(indexOid, NoLock);
7358
7359 /*
7360 * Determine if it's safe to proceed.
7361 *
7362 * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary tables.
7363 * Furthermore, any index predicate or index expressions must be parallel
7364 * safe.
7365 */
7366 if (heap->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP ||
7369 {
7370 parallel_workers = 0;
7371 goto done;
7372 }
7373
7374 /*
7375 * If parallel_workers storage parameter is set for the table, accept that
7376 * as the number of parallel worker processes to launch (though still cap
7377 * at max_parallel_maintenance_workers). Note that we deliberately do not
7378 * consider any other factor when parallel_workers is set. (e.g., memory
7379 * use by workers.)
7380 */
7381 if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
7382 {
7383 parallel_workers = Min(rel->rel_parallel_workers,
7385 goto done;
7386 }
7387
7388 /*
7389 * Estimate heap relation size ourselves, since rel->pages cannot be
7390 * trusted (heap RTE was marked as inheritance parent)
7391 */
7392 estimate_rel_size(heap, NULL, &heap_blocks, &reltuples, &allvisfrac);
7393
7394 /*
7395 * Determine number of workers to scan the heap relation using generic
7396 * model
7397 */
7398 parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, heap_blocks, -1,
7400
7401 /*
7402 * Cap workers based on available maintenance_work_mem as needed.
7403 *
7404 * Note that each tuplesort participant receives an even share of the
7405 * total maintenance_work_mem budget. Aim to leave participants
7406 * (including the leader as a participant) with no less than 32MB of
7407 * memory. This leaves cases where maintenance_work_mem is set to 64MB
7408 * immediately past the threshold of being capable of launching a single
7409 * parallel worker to sort.
7410 */
7411 while (parallel_workers > 0 &&
7412 maintenance_work_mem / (parallel_workers + 1) < 32 * 1024)
7413 parallel_workers--;
7414
7415done:
7417 table_close(heap, NoLock);
7418
7419 return parallel_workers;
7420}
7421
7422/*
7423 * add_paths_to_grouping_rel
7424 *
7425 * Add non-partial paths to grouping relation.
7426 */
7427static void
7429 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
7433 GroupPathExtraData *extra)
7434{
7435 Query *parse = root->parse;
7436 Path *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7438 ListCell *lc;
7439 bool can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
7440 bool can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
7441 List *havingQual = (List *) extra->havingQual;
7442 AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
7443 double dNumGroups = 0;
7444 double dNumFinalGroups = 0;
7445
7446 /*
7447 * Estimate number of groups for non-split aggregation.
7448 */
7450 cheapest_path->rows,
7451 gd,
7452 extra->targetList);
7453
7455 {
7457 partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7458
7459 /*
7460 * Estimate number of groups for final phase of partial aggregation.
7461 */
7465 gd,
7466 extra->targetList);
7467 }
7468
7469 if (can_sort)
7470 {
7471 /*
7472 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
7473 * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
7474 * with presorted keys.
7475 */
7476 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
7477 {
7478 ListCell *lc2;
7479 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7480 Path *path_save = path;
7482
7483 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7485
7487
7488 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7489 {
7491
7492 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7493 path = path_save;
7494
7495 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7496 grouped_rel,
7497 path,
7499 info->pathkeys,
7500 -1.0);
7501 if (path == NULL)
7502 continue;
7503
7504 /* Now decide what to stick atop it */
7505 if (parse->groupingSets)
7506 {
7507 consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
7508 path, true, can_hash,
7510 }
7511 else if (parse->hasAggs)
7512 {
7513 /*
7514 * We have aggregation, possibly with plain GROUP BY. Make
7515 * an AggPath.
7516 */
7517 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7519 grouped_rel,
7520 path,
7521 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7522 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7524 info->clauses,
7525 havingQual,
7526 agg_costs,
7527 dNumGroups));
7528 }
7529 else if (parse->groupClause)
7530 {
7531 /*
7532 * We have GROUP BY without aggregation or grouping sets.
7533 * Make a GroupPath.
7534 */
7535 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7537 grouped_rel,
7538 path,
7539 info->clauses,
7540 havingQual,
7541 dNumGroups));
7542 }
7543 else
7544 {
7545 /* Other cases should have been handled above */
7546 Assert(false);
7547 }
7548 }
7549 }
7550
7551 /*
7552 * Instead of operating directly on the input relation, we can
7553 * consider finalizing a partially aggregated path.
7554 */
7556 {
7557 foreach(lc, partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
7558 {
7559 ListCell *lc2;
7560 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7561 Path *path_save = path;
7563
7564 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7566
7568
7569 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7570 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7571 {
7573
7574 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7575 path = path_save;
7576
7577 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7578 grouped_rel,
7579 path,
7581 info->pathkeys,
7582 -1.0);
7583
7584 if (path == NULL)
7585 continue;
7586
7587 if (parse->hasAggs)
7588 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7590 grouped_rel,
7591 path,
7592 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7593 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7595 info->clauses,
7596 havingQual,
7597 agg_final_costs,
7599 else
7600 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7602 grouped_rel,
7603 path,
7604 info->clauses,
7605 havingQual,
7607
7608 }
7609 }
7610 }
7611 }
7612
7613 if (can_hash)
7614 {
7615 if (parse->groupingSets)
7616 {
7617 /*
7618 * Try for a hash-only groupingsets path over unsorted input.
7619 */
7620 consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
7621 cheapest_path, false, true,
7623 }
7624 else
7625 {
7626 /*
7627 * Generate a HashAgg Path. We just need an Agg over the
7628 * cheapest-total input path, since input order won't matter.
7629 */
7630 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7631 create_agg_path(root, grouped_rel,
7633 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7634 AGG_HASHED,
7636 root->processed_groupClause,
7637 havingQual,
7638 agg_costs,
7639 dNumGroups));
7640 }
7641
7642 /*
7643 * Generate a Finalize HashAgg Path atop of the cheapest partially
7644 * grouped path, assuming there is one
7645 */
7647 {
7648 add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
7650 grouped_rel,
7652 grouped_rel->reltarget,
7653 AGG_HASHED,
7655 root->processed_groupClause,
7656 havingQual,
7657 agg_final_costs,
7659 }
7660 }
7661
7662 /*
7663 * When partitionwise aggregate is used, we might have fully aggregated
7664 * paths in the partial pathlist, because add_paths_to_append_rel() will
7665 * consider a path for grouped_rel consisting of a Parallel Append of
7666 * non-partial paths from each child.
7667 */
7668 if (grouped_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
7669 gather_grouping_paths(root, grouped_rel);
7670}
7671
7672/*
7673 * create_partial_grouping_paths
7674 *
7675 * Create a new upper relation representing the result of partial aggregation
7676 * and populate it with appropriate paths. Note that we don't finalize the
7677 * lists of paths here, so the caller can add additional partial or non-partial
7678 * paths and must afterward call gather_grouping_paths and set_cheapest on
7679 * the returned upper relation.
7680 *
7681 * All paths for this new upper relation -- both partial and non-partial --
7682 * have been partially aggregated but require a subsequent FinalizeAggregate
7683 * step.
7684 *
7685 * NB: This function is allowed to return NULL if it determines that there is
7686 * no real need to create a new RelOptInfo.
7687 */
7688static RelOptInfo *
7690 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
7693 GroupPathExtraData *extra,
7694 bool force_rel_creation)
7695{
7696 Query *parse = root->parse;
7699 AggClauseCosts *agg_partial_costs = &extra->agg_partial_costs;
7700 AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
7702 Path *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
7703 double dNumPartialGroups = 0;
7704 double dNumPartialPartialGroups = 0;
7705 ListCell *lc;
7706 bool can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
7707 bool can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
7708
7709 /*
7710 * Check whether any partially aggregated paths have been generated
7711 * through eager aggregation.
7712 */
7713 if (input_rel->grouped_rel &&
7714 !IS_DUMMY_REL(input_rel->grouped_rel) &&
7715 input_rel->grouped_rel->pathlist != NIL)
7716 eager_agg_rel = input_rel->grouped_rel;
7717
7718 /*
7719 * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
7720 * paths. We can only do this if we have a non-partial path, and only if
7721 * the parent of the input rel is performing partial partitionwise
7722 * aggregation. (Note that extra->patype is the type of partitionwise
7723 * aggregation being used at the parent level, not this level.)
7724 */
7725 if (input_rel->pathlist != NIL &&
7727 cheapest_total_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
7728
7729 /*
7730 * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
7731 * generating partially-grouped partial paths. However, if the input rel
7732 * has no partial paths, then we can't.
7733 */
7734 if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
7735 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
7736
7737 /*
7738 * If we can't partially aggregate partial paths, and we can't partially
7739 * aggregate non-partial paths, and no partially aggregated paths were
7740 * generated by eager aggregation, then don't bother creating the new
7741 * RelOptInfo at all, unless the caller specified force_rel_creation.
7742 */
7743 if (cheapest_total_path == NULL &&
7745 eager_agg_rel == NULL &&
7747 return NULL;
7748
7749 /*
7750 * Build a new upper relation to represent the result of partially
7751 * aggregating the rows from the input relation.
7752 */
7755 grouped_rel->relids);
7756 partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel =
7757 grouped_rel->consider_parallel;
7758 partially_grouped_rel->pgs_mask = grouped_rel->pgs_mask;
7759 partially_grouped_rel->reloptkind = grouped_rel->reloptkind;
7760 partially_grouped_rel->serverid = grouped_rel->serverid;
7761 partially_grouped_rel->userid = grouped_rel->userid;
7762 partially_grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = grouped_rel->useridiscurrent;
7763 partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine = grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
7764
7765 /*
7766 * Build target list for partial aggregate paths. These paths cannot just
7767 * emit the same tlist as regular aggregate paths, because (1) we must
7768 * include Vars and Aggrefs needed in HAVING, which might not appear in
7769 * the result tlist, and (2) the Aggrefs must be set in partial mode.
7770 */
7773 extra->havingQual);
7774
7775 if (!extra->partial_costs_set)
7776 {
7777 /*
7778 * Collect statistics about aggregates for estimating costs of
7779 * performing aggregation in parallel.
7780 */
7781 MemSet(agg_partial_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
7782 MemSet(agg_final_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
7783 if (parse->hasAggs)
7784 {
7785 /* partial phase */
7787 agg_partial_costs);
7788
7789 /* final phase */
7791 agg_final_costs);
7792 }
7793
7794 extra->partial_costs_set = true;
7795 }
7796
7797 /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
7798 if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7801 cheapest_total_path->rows,
7802 gd,
7803 extra->targetList);
7808 gd,
7809 extra->targetList);
7810
7811 if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7812 {
7813 /* This should have been checked previously */
7814 Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
7815
7816 /*
7817 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
7818 * sorting the cheapest partial path.
7819 */
7820 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
7821 {
7822 ListCell *lc2;
7823 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7824 Path *path_save = path;
7826
7827 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7829
7831
7832 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7833 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7834 {
7836
7837 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7838 path = path_save;
7839
7840 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7842 path,
7843 cheapest_total_path,
7844 info->pathkeys,
7845 -1.0);
7846
7847 if (path == NULL)
7848 continue;
7849
7850 if (parse->hasAggs)
7854 path,
7855 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7856 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7858 info->clauses,
7859 NIL,
7860 agg_partial_costs,
7862 else
7866 path,
7867 info->clauses,
7868 NIL,
7870 }
7871 }
7872 }
7873
7875 {
7876 /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
7877 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
7878 {
7879 ListCell *lc2;
7880 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7881 Path *path_save = path;
7883
7884 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
7886
7888
7889 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
7890 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
7891 {
7893
7894
7895 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
7896 path = path_save;
7897
7898 path = make_ordered_path(root,
7900 path,
7902 info->pathkeys,
7903 -1.0);
7904
7905 if (path == NULL)
7906 continue;
7907
7908 if (parse->hasAggs)
7912 path,
7913 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7914 parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
7916 info->clauses,
7917 NIL,
7918 agg_partial_costs,
7920 else
7924 path,
7925 info->clauses,
7926 NIL,
7928 }
7929 }
7930 }
7931
7932 /*
7933 * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
7934 */
7935 if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
7936 {
7937 /* Checked above */
7938 Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
7939
7943 cheapest_total_path,
7944 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7945 AGG_HASHED,
7947 root->processed_groupClause,
7948 NIL,
7949 agg_partial_costs,
7951 }
7952
7953 /*
7954 * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
7955 */
7957 {
7962 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
7963 AGG_HASHED,
7965 root->processed_groupClause,
7966 NIL,
7967 agg_partial_costs,
7969 }
7970
7971 /*
7972 * Add any partially aggregated paths generated by eager aggregation to
7973 * the new upper relation after applying projection steps as needed.
7974 */
7975 if (eager_agg_rel)
7976 {
7977 /* Add the paths */
7978 foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->pathlist)
7979 {
7980 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
7981
7982 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
7983 Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
7984
7985 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
7987 path,
7988 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
7989
7991 }
7992
7993 /*
7994 * Likewise add the partial paths, but only if parallelism is possible
7995 * for partially_grouped_rel.
7996 */
7997 if (partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel)
7998 {
7999 foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->partial_pathlist)
8000 {
8001 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8002
8003 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8004 Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
8005
8006 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
8008 path,
8009 partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
8010
8012 }
8013 }
8014 }
8015
8016 /*
8017 * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
8018 * let it consider adding partially grouped ForeignPaths.
8019 */
8020 if (partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
8021 partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
8022 {
8023 FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
8024
8025 fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
8028 extra);
8029 }
8030
8031 return partially_grouped_rel;
8032}
8033
8034/*
8035 * make_ordered_path
8036 * Return a path ordered by 'pathkeys' based on the given 'path'. May
8037 * return NULL if it doesn't make sense to generate an ordered path in
8038 * this case.
8039 */
8040static Path *
8042 Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
8043{
8044 bool is_sorted;
8045 int presorted_keys;
8046
8048 path->pathkeys,
8049 &presorted_keys);
8050
8051 if (!is_sorted)
8052 {
8053 /*
8054 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
8055 * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
8056 * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
8057 * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
8058 */
8059 if (path != cheapest_path &&
8060 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
8061 return NULL;
8062
8063 /*
8064 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
8065 * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
8066 * sort when there are presorted keys.
8067 */
8068 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
8069 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
8070 rel,
8071 path,
8072 pathkeys,
8073 limit_tuples);
8074 else
8076 rel,
8077 path,
8078 pathkeys,
8079 presorted_keys,
8080 limit_tuples);
8081 }
8082
8083 return path;
8084}
8085
8086/*
8087 * Generate Gather and Gather Merge paths for a grouping relation or partial
8088 * grouping relation.
8089 *
8090 * generate_useful_gather_paths does most of the work, but we also consider a
8091 * special case: we could try sorting the data by the group_pathkeys and then
8092 * applying Gather Merge.
8093 *
8094 * NB: This function shouldn't be used for anything other than a grouped or
8095 * partially grouped relation not only because of the fact that it explicitly
8096 * references group_pathkeys but we pass "true" as the third argument to
8097 * generate_useful_gather_paths().
8098 */
8099static void
8101{
8102 ListCell *lc;
8105
8106 /*
8107 * This occurs after any partial aggregation has taken place, so trim off
8108 * any pathkeys added for ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates.
8109 */
8110 if (list_length(root->group_pathkeys) > root->num_groupby_pathkeys)
8111 groupby_pathkeys = list_copy_head(root->group_pathkeys,
8112 root->num_groupby_pathkeys);
8113 else
8114 groupby_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
8115
8116 /* Try Gather for unordered paths and Gather Merge for ordered ones. */
8118
8120
8121 /* XXX Shouldn't this also consider the group-key-reordering? */
8122 foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
8123 {
8124 Path *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8125 bool is_sorted;
8126 int presorted_keys;
8127 double total_groups;
8128
8130 path->pathkeys,
8131 &presorted_keys);
8132
8133 if (is_sorted)
8134 continue;
8135
8136 /*
8137 * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
8138 * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
8139 * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
8140 * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
8141 */
8142 if (path != cheapest_partial_path &&
8143 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
8144 continue;
8145
8146 /*
8147 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
8148 * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
8149 * sort when there are presorted keys.
8150 */
8151 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
8152 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, rel, path,
8154 -1.0);
8155 else
8157 rel,
8158 path,
8160 presorted_keys,
8161 -1.0);
8163 path = (Path *)
8165 rel,
8166 path,
8167 rel->reltarget,
8169 NULL,
8170 &total_groups);
8171
8172 add_path(rel, path);
8173 }
8174}
8175
8176/*
8177 * can_partial_agg
8178 *
8179 * Determines whether or not partial grouping and/or aggregation is possible.
8180 * Returns true when possible, false otherwise.
8181 */
8182static bool
8184{
8185 Query *parse = root->parse;
8186
8187 if (!parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL)
8188 {
8189 /*
8190 * We don't know how to do parallel aggregation unless we have either
8191 * some aggregates or a grouping clause.
8192 */
8193 return false;
8194 }
8195 else if (parse->groupingSets)
8196 {
8197 /* We don't know how to do grouping sets in parallel. */
8198 return false;
8199 }
8200 else if (root->hasNonPartialAggs || root->hasNonSerialAggs)
8201 {
8202 /* Insufficient support for partial mode. */
8203 return false;
8204 }
8205
8206 /* Everything looks good. */
8207 return true;
8208}
8209
8210/*
8211 * apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths
8212 *
8213 * Adjust the final scan/join relation, and recursively all of its children,
8214 * to generate the final scan/join target. It would be more correct to model
8215 * this as a separate planning step with a new RelOptInfo at the toplevel and
8216 * for each child relation, but doing it this way is noticeably cheaper.
8217 * Maybe that problem can be solved at some point, but for now we do this.
8218 *
8219 * If tlist_same_exprs is true, then the scan/join target to be applied has
8220 * the same expressions as the existing reltarget, so we need only insert the
8221 * appropriate sortgroupref information. By avoiding the creation of
8222 * projection paths we save effort both immediately and at plan creation time.
8223 */
8224static void
8226 RelOptInfo *rel,
8230 bool tlist_same_exprs)
8231{
8234 ListCell *lc;
8235
8236 /* This recurses, so be paranoid. */
8238
8239 /*
8240 * If the rel only has Append and MergeAppend paths, we want to drop its
8241 * existing paths and generate new ones. This function would still be
8242 * correct if we kept the existing paths: we'd modify them to generate the
8243 * correct target above the partitioning Append, and then they'd compete
8244 * on cost with paths generating the target below the Append. However, in
8245 * our current cost model the latter way is always the same or cheaper
8246 * cost, so modifying the existing paths would just be useless work.
8247 * Moreover, when the cost is the same, varying roundoff errors might
8248 * sometimes allow an existing path to be picked, resulting in undesirable
8249 * cross-platform plan variations. So we drop old paths and thereby force
8250 * the work to be done below the Append.
8251 *
8252 * However, there are several cases when this optimization is not safe. If
8253 * the rel isn't partitioned, then none of the paths will be Append or
8254 * MergeAppend paths, so we should definitely not do this. If it is
8255 * partitioned but is a joinrel, it may have Append and MergeAppend paths,
8256 * but it can also have join paths that we can't afford to discard.
8257 *
8258 * Some care is needed, because we have to allow
8259 * generate_useful_gather_paths to see the old partial paths in the next
8260 * stanza. Hence, zap the main pathlist here, then allow
8261 * generate_useful_gather_paths to add path(s) to the main list, and
8262 * finally zap the partial pathlist.
8263 */
8265 rel->pathlist = NIL;
8266
8267 /*
8268 * If the scan/join target is not parallel-safe, partial paths cannot
8269 * generate it.
8270 */
8272 {
8273 /*
8274 * Since we can't generate the final scan/join target in parallel
8275 * workers, this is our last opportunity to use any partial paths that
8276 * exist; so build Gather path(s) that use them and emit whatever the
8277 * current reltarget is. We don't do this in the case where the
8278 * target is parallel-safe, since we will be able to generate superior
8279 * paths by doing it after the final scan/join target has been
8280 * applied.
8281 */
8283
8284 /* Can't use parallel query above this level. */
8285 rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8286 rel->consider_parallel = false;
8287 }
8288
8289 /* Finish dropping old paths for a partitioned rel, per comment above */
8291 rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8292
8293 /* Extract SRF-free scan/join target. */
8295
8296 /*
8297 * Apply the SRF-free scan/join target to each existing path.
8298 *
8299 * If the tlist exprs are the same, we can just inject the sortgroupref
8300 * information into the existing pathtargets. Otherwise, replace each
8301 * path with a projection path that generates the SRF-free scan/join
8302 * target. This can't change the ordering of paths within rel->pathlist,
8303 * so we just modify the list in place.
8304 */
8305 foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
8306 {
8307 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8308
8309 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8310 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
8311
8312 if (tlist_same_exprs)
8313 subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
8314 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
8315 else
8316 {
8317 Path *newpath;
8318
8321 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
8322 }
8323 }
8324
8325 /* Likewise adjust the targets for any partial paths. */
8326 foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
8327 {
8328 Path *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
8329
8330 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
8331 Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
8332
8333 if (tlist_same_exprs)
8334 subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
8335 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
8336 else
8337 {
8338 Path *newpath;
8339
8342 lfirst(lc) = newpath;
8343 }
8344 }
8345
8346 /*
8347 * Now, if final scan/join target contains SRFs, insert ProjectSetPath(s)
8348 * atop each existing path. (Note that this function doesn't look at the
8349 * cheapest-path fields, which is a good thing because they're bogus right
8350 * now.)
8351 */
8352 if (root->parse->hasTargetSRFs)
8356
8357 /*
8358 * Update the rel's target to be the final (with SRFs) scan/join target.
8359 * This now matches the actual output of all the paths, and we might get
8360 * confused in createplan.c if they don't agree. We must do this now so
8361 * that any append paths made in the next part will use the correct
8362 * pathtarget (cf. create_append_path).
8363 *
8364 * Note that this is also necessary if GetForeignUpperPaths() gets called
8365 * on the final scan/join relation or on any of its children, since the
8366 * FDW might look at the rel's target to create ForeignPaths.
8367 */
8369
8370 /*
8371 * If the relation is partitioned, recursively apply the scan/join target
8372 * to all partitions, and generate brand-new Append paths in which the
8373 * scan/join target is computed below the Append rather than above it.
8374 * Since Append is not projection-capable, that might save a separate
8375 * Result node, and it also is important for partitionwise aggregate.
8376 */
8378 {
8380 int i;
8381
8382 /* Adjust each partition. */
8383 i = -1;
8384 while ((i = bms_next_member(rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
8385 {
8386 RelOptInfo *child_rel = rel->part_rels[i];
8387 AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
8388 int nappinfos;
8390
8391 Assert(child_rel != NULL);
8392
8393 /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
8395 continue;
8396
8397 /* Translate scan/join targets for this child. */
8398 appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_rel->relids,
8399 &nappinfos);
8400 foreach(lc, scanjoin_targets)
8401 {
8402 PathTarget *target = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc);
8403
8404 target = copy_pathtarget(target);
8405 target->exprs = (List *)
8407 (Node *) target->exprs,
8408 nappinfos, appinfos);
8410 target);
8411 }
8412 pfree(appinfos);
8413
8414 /* Recursion does the real work. */
8420
8421 /* Save non-dummy children for Append paths. */
8422 if (!IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
8424 }
8425
8426 /* Build new paths for this relation by appending child paths. */
8428 }
8429
8430 /*
8431 * Consider generating Gather or Gather Merge paths. We must only do this
8432 * if the relation is parallel safe, and we don't do it for child rels to
8433 * avoid creating multiple Gather nodes within the same plan. We must do
8434 * this after all paths have been generated and before set_cheapest, since
8435 * one of the generated paths may turn out to be the cheapest one.
8436 */
8437 if (rel->consider_parallel && !IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
8439
8440 /*
8441 * Reassess which paths are the cheapest, now that we've potentially added
8442 * new Gather (or Gather Merge) and/or Append (or MergeAppend) paths to
8443 * this relation.
8444 */
8445 set_cheapest(rel);
8446}
8447
8448/*
8449 * create_partitionwise_grouping_paths
8450 *
8451 * If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY clause, all
8452 * the rows belonging to a given group come from a single partition. This
8453 * allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned relation to be broken down
8454 * into aggregation/grouping on each partition. This should be no worse, and
8455 * often better, than the normal approach.
8456 *
8457 * However, if the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys,
8458 * rows from a given group may be spread across multiple partitions. In that
8459 * case, we perform partial aggregation for each group, append the results,
8460 * and then finalize aggregation. This is less certain to win than the
8461 * previous case. It may win if the PartialAggregate stage greatly reduces
8462 * the number of groups, because fewer rows will pass through the Append node.
8463 * It may lose if we have lots of small groups.
8464 */
8465static void
8468 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
8473 GroupPathExtraData *extra)
8474{
8477 PathTarget *target = grouped_rel->reltarget;
8478 bool partial_grouping_valid = true;
8479 int i;
8480
8484
8485 /* Add paths for partitionwise aggregation/grouping. */
8486 i = -1;
8487 while ((i = bms_next_member(input_rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
8488 {
8489 RelOptInfo *child_input_rel = input_rel->part_rels[i];
8491 AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
8492 int nappinfos;
8496
8498
8499 /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
8501 continue;
8502
8503 child_target = copy_pathtarget(target);
8504
8505 /*
8506 * Copy the given "extra" structure as is and then override the
8507 * members specific to this child.
8508 */
8509 memcpy(&child_extra, extra, sizeof(child_extra));
8510
8511 appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_input_rel->relids,
8512 &nappinfos);
8513
8514 child_target->exprs = (List *)
8516 (Node *) target->exprs,
8517 nappinfos, appinfos);
8518
8519 /* Translate havingQual and targetList. */
8520 child_extra.havingQual = (Node *)
8522 extra->havingQual,
8523 nappinfos, appinfos);
8524 child_extra.targetList = (List *)
8526 (Node *) extra->targetList,
8527 nappinfos, appinfos);
8528
8529 /*
8530 * extra->patype was the value computed for our parent rel; patype is
8531 * the value for this relation. For the child, our value is its
8532 * parent rel's value.
8533 */
8534 child_extra.patype = patype;
8535
8536 /*
8537 * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
8538 * aggregation paths for the child.
8539 */
8542 extra->target_parallel_safe,
8543 child_extra.havingQual);
8544
8545 /* Create grouping paths for this child relation. */
8550
8552 {
8556 }
8557 else
8558 partial_grouping_valid = false;
8559
8560 if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
8561 {
8565 }
8566
8567 pfree(appinfos);
8568 }
8569
8570 /*
8571 * Try to create append paths for partially grouped children. For full
8572 * partitionwise aggregation, we might have paths in the partial_pathlist
8573 * if parallel aggregation is possible. For partial partitionwise
8574 * aggregation, we may have paths in both pathlist and partial_pathlist.
8575 *
8576 * NB: We must have a partially grouped path for every child in order to
8577 * generate a partially grouped path for this relation.
8578 */
8580 {
8582
8585 }
8586
8587 /* If possible, create append paths for fully grouped children. */
8588 if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
8589 {
8591
8593 }
8594}
8595
8596/*
8597 * group_by_has_partkey
8598 *
8599 * Returns true if all the partition keys of the given relation are part of
8600 * the GROUP BY clauses, including having matching collation, false otherwise.
8601 */
8602static bool
8604 List *targetList,
8605 List *groupClause)
8606{
8607 List *groupexprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(groupClause, targetList);
8608 int cnt = 0;
8609 int partnatts;
8610
8611 /* Input relation should be partitioned. */
8612 Assert(input_rel->part_scheme);
8613
8614 /* Rule out early, if there are no partition keys present. */
8615 if (!input_rel->partexprs)
8616 return false;
8617
8618 partnatts = input_rel->part_scheme->partnatts;
8619
8620 for (cnt = 0; cnt < partnatts; cnt++)
8621 {
8622 List *partexprs = input_rel->partexprs[cnt];
8623 ListCell *lc;
8624 bool found = false;
8625
8626 foreach(lc, partexprs)
8627 {
8628 ListCell *lg;
8629 Expr *partexpr = lfirst(lc);
8630 Oid partcoll = input_rel->part_scheme->partcollation[cnt];
8631
8632 foreach(lg, groupexprs)
8633 {
8634 Expr *groupexpr = lfirst(lg);
8636
8637 /*
8638 * Note: we can assume there is at most one RelabelType node;
8639 * eval_const_expressions() will have simplified if more than
8640 * one.
8641 */
8643 groupexpr = ((RelabelType *) groupexpr)->arg;
8644
8645 if (equal(groupexpr, partexpr))
8646 {
8647 /*
8648 * Reject a match if the grouping collation does not match
8649 * the partitioning collation.
8650 */
8653 return false;
8654
8655 found = true;
8656 break;
8657 }
8658 }
8659
8660 if (found)
8661 break;
8662 }
8663
8664 /*
8665 * If none of the partition key expressions match with any of the
8666 * GROUP BY expression, return false.
8667 */
8668 if (!found)
8669 return false;
8670 }
8671
8672 return true;
8673}
8674
8675/*
8676 * generate_setop_child_grouplist
8677 * Build a SortGroupClause list defining the sort/grouping properties
8678 * of the child of a set operation.
8679 *
8680 * This is similar to generate_setop_grouplist() but differs as the setop
8681 * child query's targetlist entries may already have a tleSortGroupRef
8682 * assigned for other purposes, such as GROUP BYs. Here we keep the
8683 * SortGroupClause list in the same order as 'op' groupClauses and just adjust
8684 * the tleSortGroupRef to reference the TargetEntry's 'ressortgroupref'. If
8685 * any of the columns in the targetlist don't match to the setop's colTypes
8686 * then we return an empty list. This may leave some TLEs with unreferenced
8687 * ressortgroupref markings, but that's harmless.
8688 */
8689static List *
8691{
8692 List *grouplist = copyObject(op->groupClauses);
8693 ListCell *lg;
8694 ListCell *lt;
8695 ListCell *ct;
8696
8698 ct = list_head(op->colTypes);
8699 foreach(lt, targetlist)
8700 {
8701 TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lt);
8703 Oid coltype;
8704
8705 /* resjunk columns could have sortgrouprefs. Leave these alone */
8706 if (tle->resjunk)
8707 continue;
8708
8709 /*
8710 * We expect every non-resjunk target to have a SortGroupClause and
8711 * colTypes.
8712 */
8713 Assert(lg != NULL);
8714 Assert(ct != NULL);
8716 coltype = lfirst_oid(ct);
8717
8718 /* reject if target type isn't the same as the setop target type */
8719 if (coltype != exprType((Node *) tle->expr))
8720 return NIL;
8721
8722 lg = lnext(grouplist, lg);
8723 ct = lnext(op->colTypes, ct);
8724
8725 /* assign a tleSortGroupRef, or reuse the existing one */
8726 sgc->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, targetlist);
8727 }
8728
8729 Assert(lg == NULL);
8730 Assert(ct == NULL);
8731
8732 return grouplist;
8733}
8734
8735/*
8736 * create_unique_paths
8737 * Build a new RelOptInfo containing Paths that represent elimination of
8738 * distinct rows from the input data. Distinct-ness is defined according to
8739 * the needs of the semijoin represented by sjinfo. If it is not possible
8740 * to identify how to make the data unique, NULL is returned.
8741 *
8742 * If used at all, this is likely to be called repeatedly on the same rel,
8743 * so we cache the result.
8744 */
8745RelOptInfo *
8747{
8748 RelOptInfo *unique_rel;
8750 List *groupClause = NIL;
8751 MemoryContext oldcontext;
8752
8753 /* Caller made a mistake if SpecialJoinInfo is the wrong one */
8754 Assert(sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_SEMI);
8755 Assert(bms_equal(rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand));
8756
8757 /* If result already cached, return it */
8758 if (rel->unique_rel)
8759 return rel->unique_rel;
8760
8761 /* If it's not possible to unique-ify, return NULL */
8762 if (!(sjinfo->semi_can_btree || sjinfo->semi_can_hash))
8763 return NULL;
8764
8765 /*
8766 * Punt if this is a child relation and we failed to build a unique-ified
8767 * relation for its parent. This can happen if all the RHS columns were
8768 * found to be equated to constants when unique-ifying the parent table,
8769 * leaving no columns to unique-ify.
8770 */
8771 if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel) && rel->top_parent->unique_rel == NULL)
8772 return NULL;
8773
8774 /*
8775 * When called during GEQO join planning, we are in a short-lived memory
8776 * context. We must make sure that the unique rel and any subsidiary data
8777 * structures created for a baserel survive the GEQO cycle, else the
8778 * baserel is trashed for future GEQO cycles. On the other hand, when we
8779 * are creating those for a joinrel during GEQO, we don't want them to
8780 * clutter the main planning context. Upshot is that the best solution is
8781 * to explicitly allocate memory in the same context the given RelOptInfo
8782 * is in.
8783 */
8785
8786 unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
8787 memcpy(unique_rel, rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
8788
8789 /*
8790 * clear path info
8791 */
8792 unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
8793 unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
8794 unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
8795 unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
8796 unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
8797 unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
8798
8799 /*
8800 * Build the target list for the unique rel. We also build the pathkeys
8801 * that represent the ordering requirements for the sort-based
8802 * implementation, and the list of SortGroupClause nodes that represent
8803 * the columns to be grouped on for the hash-based implementation.
8804 *
8805 * For a child rel, we can construct these fields from those of its
8806 * parent.
8807 */
8808 if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
8809 {
8812
8813 parent_unique_target = rel->top_parent->unique_rel->reltarget;
8814
8816
8817 /* Translate the target expressions */
8818 child_unique_target->exprs = (List *)
8820 (Node *) parent_unique_target->exprs,
8821 rel,
8822 rel->top_parent);
8823
8824 unique_rel->reltarget = child_unique_target;
8825
8826 sortPathkeys = rel->top_parent->unique_pathkeys;
8827 groupClause = rel->top_parent->unique_groupclause;
8828 }
8829 else
8830 {
8831 List *newtlist;
8832 int nextresno;
8833 List *sortList = NIL;
8834 ListCell *lc1;
8835 ListCell *lc2;
8836
8837 /*
8838 * The values we are supposed to unique-ify may be expressions in the
8839 * variables of the input rel's targetlist. We have to add any such
8840 * expressions to the unique rel's targetlist.
8841 *
8842 * To complicate matters, some of the values to be unique-ified may be
8843 * known redundant by the EquivalenceClass machinery (e.g., because
8844 * they have been equated to constants). There is no need to compare
8845 * such values during unique-ification, and indeed we had better not
8846 * try because the Vars involved may not have propagated as high as
8847 * the semijoin's level. We use make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses to
8848 * detect such cases, which is a tad inefficient but it doesn't seem
8849 * worth building specialized infrastructure for this.
8850 */
8853
8854 forboth(lc1, sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs, lc2, sjinfo->semi_operators)
8855 {
8856 Expr *uniqexpr = lfirst(lc1);
8858 Oid sortop;
8860 bool made_tle = false;
8861
8863 if (!tle)
8864 {
8866 nextresno,
8867 NULL,
8868 false);
8870 nextresno++;
8871 made_tle = true;
8872 }
8873
8874 /*
8875 * Try to build an ORDER BY list to sort the input compatibly. We
8876 * do this for each sortable clause even when the clauses are not
8877 * all sortable, so that we can detect clauses that are redundant
8878 * according to the pathkey machinery.
8879 */
8881 if (OidIsValid(sortop))
8882 {
8883 Oid eqop;
8885
8886 /*
8887 * The Unique node will need equality operators. Normally
8888 * these are the same as the IN clause operators, but if those
8889 * are cross-type operators then the equality operators are
8890 * the ones for the IN clause operators' RHS datatype.
8891 */
8892 eqop = get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(sortop, NULL);
8893 if (!OidIsValid(eqop)) /* shouldn't happen */
8894 elog(ERROR, "could not find equality operator for ordering operator %u",
8895 sortop);
8896
8898 sortcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
8899 sortcl->eqop = eqop;
8900 sortcl->sortop = sortop;
8901 sortcl->reverse_sort = false;
8902 sortcl->nulls_first = false;
8903 sortcl->hashable = false; /* no need to make this accurate */
8905
8906 /*
8907 * At each step, convert the SortGroupClause list to pathkey
8908 * form. If the just-added SortGroupClause is redundant, the
8909 * result will be shorter than the SortGroupClause list.
8910 */
8912 newtlist);
8914 {
8915 /* Drop the redundant SortGroupClause */
8918 /* Undo tlist addition, if we made one */
8919 if (made_tle)
8920 {
8922 nextresno--;
8923 }
8924 /* We need not consider this clause for hashing, either */
8925 continue;
8926 }
8927 }
8928 else if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree) /* shouldn't happen */
8929 elog(ERROR, "could not find ordering operator for equality operator %u",
8930 in_oper);
8931
8932 if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
8933 {
8934 /* Create a GROUP BY list for the Agg node to use */
8935 Oid eq_oper;
8937
8938 /*
8939 * Get the hashable equality operators for the Agg node to
8940 * use. Normally these are the same as the IN clause
8941 * operators, but if those are cross-type operators then the
8942 * equality operators are the ones for the IN clause
8943 * operators' RHS datatype.
8944 */
8946 elog(ERROR, "could not find compatible hash operator for operator %u",
8947 in_oper);
8948
8950 groupcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
8951 groupcl->eqop = eq_oper;
8952 groupcl->sortop = sortop;
8953 groupcl->reverse_sort = false;
8954 groupcl->nulls_first = false;
8955 groupcl->hashable = true;
8956 groupClause = lappend(groupClause, groupcl);
8957 }
8958 }
8959
8960 /*
8961 * Done building the sortPathkeys and groupClause. But the
8962 * sortPathkeys are bogus if not all the clauses were sortable.
8963 */
8964 if (!sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
8965 sortPathkeys = NIL;
8966
8967 /*
8968 * It can happen that all the RHS columns are equated to constants.
8969 * We'd have to do something special to unique-ify in that case, and
8970 * it's such an unlikely-in-the-real-world case that it's not worth
8971 * the effort. So just punt if we found no columns to unique-ify.
8972 */
8973 if (sortPathkeys == NIL && groupClause == NIL)
8974 {
8975 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
8976 return NULL;
8977 }
8978
8979 /* Convert the required targetlist back to PathTarget form */
8980 unique_rel->reltarget = create_pathtarget(root, newtlist);
8981 }
8982
8983 /* build unique paths based on input rel's pathlist */
8984 create_final_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
8985 sjinfo, unique_rel);
8986
8987 /* build unique paths based on input rel's partial_pathlist */
8989 sjinfo, unique_rel);
8990
8991 /* Now choose the best path(s) */
8992 set_cheapest(unique_rel);
8993
8994 /*
8995 * There shouldn't be any partial paths for the unique relation;
8996 * otherwise, we won't be able to properly guarantee uniqueness.
8997 */
8998 Assert(unique_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL);
8999
9000 /* Cache the result */
9001 rel->unique_rel = unique_rel;
9003 rel->unique_groupclause = groupClause;
9004
9005 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
9006
9007 return unique_rel;
9008}
9009
9010/*
9011 * create_final_unique_paths
9012 * Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
9013 */
9014static void
9016 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
9017 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
9018{
9019 Path *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
9020
9021 /* Estimate number of output rows */
9022 unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
9023 sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
9024 cheapest_input_path->rows,
9025 NULL,
9026 NULL);
9027
9028 /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
9029 if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
9030 {
9031 ListCell *lc;
9032
9033 /*
9034 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
9035 * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
9036 * with presorted keys.
9037 *
9038 * To save planning time, we ignore parameterized input paths unless
9039 * they are the cheapest-total path.
9040 */
9041 foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
9042 {
9043 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
9044 Path *path;
9045 bool is_sorted;
9046 int presorted_keys;
9047
9048 /*
9049 * Ignore parameterized paths that are not the cheapest-total
9050 * path.
9051 */
9052 if (input_path->param_info &&
9054 continue;
9055
9057 input_path->pathkeys,
9058 &presorted_keys);
9059
9060 /*
9061 * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
9062 * they are the cheapest total path (no need to deal with paths
9063 * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
9064 */
9066 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
9067 continue;
9068
9069 /*
9070 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9071 */
9072 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9073 unique_rel,
9074 input_path,
9075 unique_rel->reltarget);
9076
9077 if (!is_sorted)
9078 {
9079 /*
9080 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
9081 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
9082 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
9083 */
9084 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
9085 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
9086 unique_rel,
9087 path,
9089 -1.0);
9090 else
9092 unique_rel,
9093 path,
9095 presorted_keys,
9096 -1.0);
9097 }
9098
9099 path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, unique_rel, path,
9101 unique_rel->rows);
9102
9103 add_path(unique_rel, path);
9104 }
9105 }
9106
9107 /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
9108 if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
9109 {
9110 Path *path;
9111
9112 /*
9113 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9114 */
9115 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9116 unique_rel,
9118 unique_rel->reltarget);
9119
9120 path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
9121 unique_rel,
9122 path,
9123 cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
9124 AGG_HASHED,
9126 groupClause,
9127 NIL,
9128 NULL,
9129 unique_rel->rows);
9130
9131 add_path(unique_rel, path);
9132 }
9133}
9134
9135/*
9136 * create_partial_unique_paths
9137 * Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' partial_pathlist
9138 */
9139static void
9141 List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
9142 SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
9143{
9146
9147 /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
9148 if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
9149 return;
9150
9151 /*
9152 * nothing to do if there's anything in the targetlist that's
9153 * parallel-restricted.
9154 */
9155 if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) unique_rel->reltarget->exprs))
9156 return;
9157
9158 cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
9159
9162
9163 /*
9164 * clear path info
9165 */
9166 partial_unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
9167 partial_unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
9168 partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
9169 partial_unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
9170 partial_unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
9171 partial_unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
9172
9173 /* Estimate number of output rows */
9175 sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
9177 NULL,
9178 NULL);
9179 partial_unique_rel->reltarget = unique_rel->reltarget;
9180
9181 /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
9182 if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
9183 {
9184 ListCell *lc;
9185
9186 /*
9187 * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
9188 * sorting the cheapest partial path and incremental sort on any paths
9189 * with presorted keys.
9190 */
9191 foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
9192 {
9193 Path *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
9194 Path *path;
9195 bool is_sorted;
9196 int presorted_keys;
9197
9199 input_path->pathkeys,
9200 &presorted_keys);
9201
9202 /*
9203 * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
9204 * they are the cheapest partial path (no need to deal with paths
9205 * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
9206 */
9208 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
9209 continue;
9210
9211 /*
9212 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9213 */
9214 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9216 input_path,
9217 partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
9218
9219 if (!is_sorted)
9220 {
9221 /*
9222 * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
9223 * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
9224 * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
9225 */
9226 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
9227 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
9229 path,
9231 -1.0);
9232 else
9235 path,
9237 presorted_keys,
9238 -1.0);
9239 }
9240
9244
9246 }
9247 }
9248
9249 /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
9250 if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
9251 {
9252 Path *path;
9253
9254 /*
9255 * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
9256 */
9257 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
9260 partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
9261
9262 path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
9264 path,
9265 cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
9266 AGG_HASHED,
9268 groupClause,
9269 NIL,
9270 NULL,
9271 partial_unique_rel->rows);
9272
9274 }
9275
9276 if (partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
9277 {
9280
9281 /*
9282 * Finally, create paths to unique-ify the final result. This step is
9283 * needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from parallel
9284 * workers.
9285 */
9287 sortPathkeys, groupClause,
9288 sjinfo, unique_rel);
9289 }
9290}
9291
9292/*
9293 * Choose a unique name for some subroot.
9294 *
9295 * Modifies glob->subplanNames to track names already used.
9296 */
9297char *
9299{
9300 unsigned n;
9301
9302 /*
9303 * If a numeric suffix is not required, then search the list of
9304 * previously-assigned names for a match. If none is found, then we can
9305 * use the provided name without modification.
9306 */
9307 if (!always_number)
9308 {
9309 bool found = false;
9310
9311 foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
9312 {
9313 if (strcmp(subplan_name, name) == 0)
9314 {
9315 found = true;
9316 break;
9317 }
9318 }
9319
9320 if (!found)
9321 {
9322 /* pstrdup here is just to avoid cast-away-const */
9323 char *chosen_name = pstrdup(name);
9324
9325 glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, chosen_name);
9326 return chosen_name;
9327 }
9328 }
9329
9330 /*
9331 * If a numeric suffix is required or if the un-suffixed name is already
9332 * in use, then loop until we find a positive integer that produces a
9333 * novel name.
9334 */
9335 for (n = 1; true; ++n)
9336 {
9337 char *proposed_name = psprintf("%s_%u", name, n);
9338 bool found = false;
9339
9340 foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
9341 {
9343 {
9344 found = true;
9345 break;
9346 }
9347 }
9348
9349 if (!found)
9350 {
9351 glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, proposed_name);
9352 return proposed_name;
9353 }
9354
9356 }
9357}
Datum idx(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition _int_op.c:263
@ ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV
Definition acl.h:185
void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, ObjectType objtype, const char *objectname)
Definition aclchk.c:2672
int compute_parallel_worker(RelOptInfo *rel, double heap_pages, double index_pages, int max_workers)
Definition allpaths.c:4794
void generate_useful_gather_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, bool override_rows)
Definition allpaths.c:3388
void add_paths_to_append_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *live_childrels)
Definition allpaths.c:1416
AppendRelInfo ** find_appinfos_by_relids(PlannerInfo *root, Relids relids, int *nappinfos)
Definition appendinfo.c:809
Node * adjust_appendrel_attrs(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, int nappinfos, AppendRelInfo **appinfos)
Definition appendinfo.c:201
List * adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(PlannerInfo *root, List *attnums, Index child_relid, Index top_parent_relid)
Definition appendinfo.c:738
Node * adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node, RelOptInfo *childrel, RelOptInfo *parentrel)
Definition appendinfo.c:597
void pprint(const void *obj)
Definition print.c:54
void pgstat_report_plan_id(int64 plan_id, bool force)
BipartiteMatchState * BipartiteMatch(int u_size, int v_size, short **adjacency)
void BipartiteMatchFree(BipartiteMatchState *state)
Bitmapset * bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:346
Bitmapset * bms_make_singleton(int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:216
bool bms_equal(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:142
int bms_next_member(const Bitmapset *a, int prevbit)
Definition bitmapset.c:1290
Bitmapset * bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:1145
Bitmapset * bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:852
bool bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:412
void bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:239
int bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:744
bool bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:510
Bitmapset * bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
Definition bitmapset.c:799
BMS_Membership bms_membership(const Bitmapset *a)
Definition bitmapset.c:765
bool bms_overlap_list(const Bitmapset *a, const List *b)
Definition bitmapset.c:601
#define bms_is_empty(a)
Definition bitmapset.h:118
@ BMS_MULTIPLE
Definition bitmapset.h:73
uint32 BlockNumber
Definition block.h:31
#define Min(x, y)
Definition c.h:1150
#define Max(x, y)
Definition c.h:1144
#define Assert(condition)
Definition c.h:1002
int64_t int64
Definition c.h:680
unsigned int Index
Definition c.h:757
#define pg_fallthrough
Definition c.h:220
#define MemSet(start, val, len)
Definition c.h:1166
#define OidIsValid(objectId)
Definition c.h:917
size_t Size
Definition c.h:748
uint32 result
memcpy(sums, checksumBaseOffsets, sizeof(checksumBaseOffsets))
bool contain_agg_clause(Node *clause)
Definition clauses.c:194
Node * estimate_expression_value(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:2644
WindowFuncLists * find_window_functions(Node *clause, Index maxWinRef)
Definition clauses.c:244
Node * eval_const_expressions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:2500
void convert_saop_to_hashed_saop(Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:2533
char max_parallel_hazard(Query *parse)
Definition clauses.c:747
bool is_parallel_safe(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition clauses.c:766
bool contain_subplans(Node *clause)
Definition clauses.c:343
bool contain_volatile_functions(Node *clause)
Definition clauses.c:551
Oid collid
double cpu_operator_cost
Definition costsize.c:135
bool enable_partitionwise_aggregate
Definition costsize.c:161
bool enable_seqscan
Definition costsize.c:146
int max_parallel_workers_per_gather
Definition costsize.c:144
bool enable_memoize
Definition costsize.c:156
double parallel_setup_cost
Definition costsize.c:137
bool enable_gathermerge
Definition costsize.c:159
double parallel_tuple_cost
Definition costsize.c:136
void cost_sort(Path *path, PlannerInfo *root, List *pathkeys, int input_disabled_nodes, Cost input_cost, double tuples, int width, Cost comparison_cost, int sort_mem, double limit_tuples)
Definition costsize.c:2201
bool enable_indexonlyscan
Definition costsize.c:148
bool enable_tidscan
Definition costsize.c:150
bool enable_material
Definition costsize.c:155
bool enable_hashjoin
Definition costsize.c:158
bool enable_mergejoin
Definition costsize.c:157
double compute_gather_rows(Path *path)
Definition costsize.c:6769
void cost_qual_eval_node(QualCost *cost, Node *qual, PlannerInfo *root)
Definition costsize.c:4926
PathTarget * set_pathtarget_cost_width(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *target)
Definition costsize.c:6511
void cost_qual_eval(QualCost *cost, List *quals, PlannerInfo *root)
Definition costsize.c:4900
bool enable_presorted_aggregate
Definition costsize.c:165
bool enable_partitionwise_join
Definition costsize.c:160
bool enable_nestloop
Definition costsize.c:154
bool enable_bitmapscan
Definition costsize.c:149
bool enable_hashagg
Definition costsize.c:153
int32 clamp_width_est(int64 tuple_width)
Definition costsize.c:243
bool enable_indexscan
Definition costsize.c:147
bool enable_incremental_sort
Definition costsize.c:152
Plan * materialize_finished_plan(Plan *subplan)
Plan * create_plan(PlannerInfo *root, Path *best_path)
Definition createplan.c:339
Datum arg
Definition elog.c:1323
int errcode(int sqlerrcode)
Definition elog.c:875
int errdetail(const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(1
#define ERROR
Definition elog.h:40
#define elog(elevel,...)
Definition elog.h:228
#define ereport(elevel,...)
Definition elog.h:152
bool equal(const void *a, const void *b)
Definition equalfuncs.c:223
bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan(Plan *node)
Definition execAmi.c:512
bool ExecCheckOneRelPerms(RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo)
Definition execMain.c:657
#define palloc_array(type, count)
Definition fe_memutils.h:91
#define palloc0_object(type)
Definition fe_memutils.h:90
#define OidFunctionCall1(functionId, arg1)
Definition fmgr.h:726
FdwRoutine * GetFdwRoutineByRelId(Oid relid)
Definition foreign.c:451
int max_parallel_maintenance_workers
Definition globals.c:136
bool IsUnderPostmaster
Definition globals.c:122
int maintenance_work_mem
Definition globals.c:135
#define IsParallelWorker()
Definition parallel.h:62
void parse(int)
Definition parse.c:49
void index_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition indexam.c:178
Relation index_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition indexam.c:134
int b
Definition isn.c:74
int a
Definition isn.c:73
int j
Definition isn.c:78
int i
Definition isn.c:77
double jit_optimize_above_cost
Definition jit.c:42
bool jit_enabled
Definition jit.c:33
bool jit_expressions
Definition jit.c:37
bool jit_tuple_deforming
Definition jit.c:39
double jit_above_cost
Definition jit.c:40
double jit_inline_above_cost
Definition jit.c:41
#define PGJIT_OPT3
Definition jit.h:21
#define PGJIT_NONE
Definition jit.h:19
#define PGJIT_EXPR
Definition jit.h:23
#define PGJIT_DEFORM
Definition jit.h:24
#define PGJIT_INLINE
Definition jit.h:22
#define PGJIT_PERFORM
Definition jit.h:20
Bitmapset * DiscreteKnapsack(int max_weight, int num_items, int *item_weights, double *item_values)
Definition knapsack.c:51
List * lappend(List *list, void *datum)
Definition list.c:339
List * list_difference_int(const List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:1288
List * list_concat_unique_ptr(List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:1427
List * list_concat(List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:561
List * list_copy(const List *oldlist)
Definition list.c:1573
List * lappend_int(List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:357
List * lappend_oid(List *list, Oid datum)
Definition list.c:375
List * lcons(void *datum, List *list)
Definition list.c:495
List * list_delete_int(List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:891
List * list_delete_last(List *list)
Definition list.c:957
bool list_member_ptr(const List *list, const void *datum)
Definition list.c:682
void list_free(List *list)
Definition list.c:1546
bool list_member_int(const List *list, int datum)
Definition list.c:702
List * list_truncate(List *list, int new_size)
Definition list.c:631
List * list_copy_head(const List *oldlist, int len)
Definition list.c:1593
List * list_concat_unique(List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition list.c:1405
#define NoLock
Definition lockdefs.h:34
#define AccessShareLock
Definition lockdefs.h:36
@ LockWaitBlock
Definition lockoptions.h:40
LockClauseStrength
Definition lockoptions.h:22
@ LCS_FORUPDATE
Definition lockoptions.h:28
@ LCS_NONE
Definition lockoptions.h:23
@ LCS_FORSHARE
Definition lockoptions.h:26
@ LCS_FORKEYSHARE
Definition lockoptions.h:25
@ LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE
Definition lockoptions.h:27
char * get_rel_name(Oid relid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2234
bool get_compatible_hash_operators(Oid opno, Oid *lhs_opno, Oid *rhs_opno)
Definition lsyscache.c:483
RegProcedure get_func_support(Oid funcid)
Definition lsyscache.c:2164
Oid get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(Oid opno, bool *reverse)
Definition lsyscache.c:326
Oid get_ordering_op_for_equality_op(Oid opno, bool use_lhs_type)
Definition lsyscache.c:364
bool get_collation_isdeterministic(Oid colloid)
Definition lsyscache.c:1272
int32 get_typavgwidth(Oid typid, int32 typmod)
Definition lsyscache.c:2886
Datum subpath(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition ltree_op.c:348
TargetEntry * makeTargetEntry(Expr *expr, AttrNumber resno, char *resname, bool resjunk)
Definition makefuncs.c:289
Expr * make_opclause(Oid opno, Oid opresulttype, bool opretset, Expr *leftop, Expr *rightop, Oid opcollid, Oid inputcollid)
Definition makefuncs.c:701
Const * makeConst(Oid consttype, int32 consttypmod, Oid constcollid, int constlen, Datum constvalue, bool constisnull, bool constbyval)
Definition makefuncs.c:350
List * make_ands_implicit(Expr *clause)
Definition makefuncs.c:810
char * pstrdup(const char *in)
Definition mcxt.c:1910
void pfree(void *pointer)
Definition mcxt.c:1619
void * palloc0(Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1420
void * palloc(Size size)
Definition mcxt.c:1390
MemoryContext CurrentMemoryContext
Definition mcxt.c:161
MemoryContext GetMemoryChunkContext(void *pointer)
Definition mcxt.c:759
Oid exprType(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:42
Oid exprInputCollation(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:1092
Oid exprCollation(const Node *expr)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:826
bool expression_returns_set(Node *clause)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:768
void fix_opfuncids(Node *node)
Definition nodeFuncs.c:1859
#define expression_tree_walker(n, w, c)
Definition nodeFuncs.h:153
size_t get_hash_memory_limit(void)
Definition nodeHash.c:3680
#define DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(as)
Definition nodes.h:394
#define IsA(nodeptr, _type_)
Definition nodes.h:162
#define copyObject(obj)
Definition nodes.h:230
double Cost
Definition nodes.h:259
#define nodeTag(nodeptr)
Definition nodes.h:137
#define IS_OUTER_JOIN(jointype)
Definition nodes.h:346
@ CMD_MERGE
Definition nodes.h:277
@ CMD_DELETE
Definition nodes.h:276
@ CMD_UPDATE
Definition nodes.h:274
@ CMD_SELECT
Definition nodes.h:273
AggStrategy
Definition nodes.h:361
@ AGG_SORTED
Definition nodes.h:363
@ AGG_HASHED
Definition nodes.h:364
@ AGG_MIXED
Definition nodes.h:365
@ AGG_PLAIN
Definition nodes.h:362
#define DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(as)
Definition nodes.h:395
AggSplit
Definition nodes.h:383
@ AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL
Definition nodes.h:389
@ AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE
Definition nodes.h:385
@ AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL
Definition nodes.h:387
@ LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT
Definition nodes.h:440
#define makeNode(_type_)
Definition nodes.h:159
#define castNode(_type_, nodeptr)
Definition nodes.h:180
@ JOIN_SEMI
Definition nodes.h:315
static char * errmsg
#define PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES
Definition optimizer.h:198
#define PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS
Definition optimizer.h:200
@ DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS
Definition optimizer.h:98
@ DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF
Definition optimizer.h:96
#define PVC_INCLUDE_WINDOWFUNCS
Definition optimizer.h:199
#define PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS
Definition optimizer.h:201
#define PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES
Definition optimizer.h:197
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition palloc.h:138
int assign_special_exec_param(PlannerInfo *root)
List * expand_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, bool groupDistinct, int limit)
Definition parse_agg.c:2019
Index assignSortGroupRef(TargetEntry *tle, List *tlist)
RTEPermissionInfo * getRTEPermissionInfo(List *rteperminfos, RangeTblEntry *rte)
RTEPermissionInfo * addRTEPermissionInfo(List **rteperminfos, RangeTblEntry *rte)
#define CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL
#define CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN
@ RTE_JOIN
@ RTE_VALUES
@ RTE_SUBQUERY
@ RTE_RESULT
@ RTE_FUNCTION
@ RTE_TABLEFUNC
@ RTE_GROUP
@ RTE_RELATION
@ OBJECT_VIEW
#define CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK
void CheckSelectLocking(Query *qry, LockClauseStrength strength)
Definition analyze.c:3742
const char * LCS_asString(LockClauseStrength strength)
Definition analyze.c:3717
#define rt_fetch(rangetable_index, rangetable)
Definition parsetree.h:31
void DestroyPartitionDirectory(PartitionDirectory pdir)
Definition partdesc.c:484
List * append_pathkeys(List *target, List *source)
Definition pathkeys.c:107
bool pathkeys_count_contained_in(List *keys1, List *keys2, int *n_common)
Definition pathkeys.c:558
List * make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(PlannerInfo *root, List *sortclauses, List *tlist)
Definition pathkeys.c:1336
List * make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(PlannerInfo *root, List **sortclauses, List *tlist, bool remove_redundant, bool remove_group_rtindex, bool *sortable, bool set_ec_sortref)
Definition pathkeys.c:1381
bool pathkeys_contained_in(List *keys1, List *keys2)
Definition pathkeys.c:343
PathKeysComparison compare_pathkeys(List *keys1, List *keys2)
Definition pathkeys.c:304
List * get_useful_group_keys_orderings(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path)
Definition pathkeys.c:467
IndexPath * create_index_path(PlannerInfo *root, IndexOptInfo *index, List *indexclauses, List *indexorderbys, List *indexorderbycols, List *pathkeys, ScanDirection indexscandir, bool indexonly, Relids required_outer, double loop_count, bool partial_path)
Definition pathnode.c:1092
ProjectSetPath * create_set_projection_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target)
Definition pathnode.c:2785
ProjectionPath * create_projection_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target)
Definition pathnode.c:2587
WindowAggPath * create_windowagg_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target, List *windowFuncs, List *runCondition, WindowClause *winclause, List *qual, bool topwindow)
Definition pathnode.c:3393
LockRowsPath * create_lockrows_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *rowMarks, int epqParam)
Definition pathnode.c:3630
Path * apply_projection_to_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path, PathTarget *target)
Definition pathnode.c:2696
Path * create_seqscan_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Relids required_outer, int parallel_workers)
Definition pathnode.c:1026
GatherMergePath * create_gather_merge_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target, List *pathkeys, Relids required_outer, double *rows)
Definition pathnode.c:1813
void set_cheapest(RelOptInfo *parent_rel)
Definition pathnode.c:268
void add_partial_path(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, Path *new_path)
Definition pathnode.c:793
LimitPath * create_limit_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, Node *limitOffset, Node *limitCount, LimitOption limitOption, int64 offset_est, int64 count_est)
Definition pathnode.c:3793
ModifyTablePath * create_modifytable_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, CmdType operation, bool canSetTag, Index nominalRelation, Index rootRelation, List *resultRelations, List *updateColnosLists, List *withCheckOptionLists, List *returningLists, List *rowMarks, OnConflictExpr *onconflict, List *mergeActionLists, List *mergeJoinConditions, ForPortionOfExpr *forPortionOf, int epqParam)
Definition pathnode.c:3692
int compare_fractional_path_costs(Path *path1, Path *path2, double fraction)
Definition pathnode.c:123
IncrementalSortPath * create_incremental_sort_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *pathkeys, int presorted_keys, double limit_tuples)
Definition pathnode.c:2855
GroupingSetsPath * create_groupingsets_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *having_qual, AggStrategy aggstrategy, List *rollups, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs)
Definition pathnode.c:3139
SortPath * create_sort_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
Definition pathnode.c:2904
GroupPath * create_group_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, List *groupClause, List *qual, double numGroups)
Definition pathnode.c:2948
void add_path(RelOptInfo *parent_rel, Path *new_path)
Definition pathnode.c:459
AppendPath * create_append_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, AppendPathInput input, List *pathkeys, Relids required_outer, int parallel_workers, bool parallel_aware, double rows)
Definition pathnode.c:1352
UniquePath * create_unique_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, int numCols, double numGroups)
Definition pathnode.c:3005
AggPath * create_agg_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath, PathTarget *target, AggStrategy aggstrategy, AggSplit aggsplit, List *groupClause, List *qual, const AggClauseCosts *aggcosts, double numGroups)
Definition pathnode.c:3057
GroupResultPath * create_group_result_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, PathTarget *target, List *havingqual)
Definition pathnode.c:1664
#define PGS_NESTLOOP_MEMOIZE
Definition pathnodes.h:76
#define PGS_TIDSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:70
#define PGS_FOREIGNJOIN
Definition pathnodes.h:71
#define PGS_APPEND
Definition pathnodes.h:78
#define PGS_MERGE_APPEND
Definition pathnodes.h:79
PartitionwiseAggregateType
Definition pathnodes.h:3660
@ PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL
Definition pathnodes.h:3663
@ PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL
Definition pathnodes.h:3662
@ PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE
Definition pathnodes.h:3661
#define IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel)
Definition pathnodes.h:989
#define IS_DUMMY_REL(r)
Definition pathnodes.h:2299
#define PGS_SEQSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:66
#define PGS_CONSIDER_INDEXONLY
Definition pathnodes.h:82
#define PGS_NESTLOOP_MATERIALIZE
Definition pathnodes.h:75
#define PGS_MERGEJOIN_PLAIN
Definition pathnodes.h:72
#define GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH
Definition pathnodes.h:3645
#define PGS_MERGEJOIN_MATERIALIZE
Definition pathnodes.h:73
#define PGS_HASHJOIN
Definition pathnodes.h:77
#define get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(target, colno)
Definition pathnodes.h:1894
#define IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel)
Definition pathnodes.h:1231
#define PGS_CONSIDER_NONPARTIAL
Definition pathnodes.h:84
#define PGS_BITMAPSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:69
#define PGS_GATHER
Definition pathnodes.h:80
#define GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT
Definition pathnodes.h:3644
#define GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG
Definition pathnodes.h:3646
#define PGS_CONSIDER_PARTITIONWISE
Definition pathnodes.h:83
#define PGS_GATHER_MERGE
Definition pathnodes.h:81
@ UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG
Definition pathnodes.h:147
@ UPPERREL_FINAL
Definition pathnodes.h:152
@ UPPERREL_DISTINCT
Definition pathnodes.h:150
@ UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG
Definition pathnodes.h:145
@ UPPERREL_ORDERED
Definition pathnodes.h:151
@ UPPERREL_WINDOW
Definition pathnodes.h:148
@ UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT
Definition pathnodes.h:149
@ RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL
Definition pathnodes.h:982
#define IS_OTHER_REL(rel)
Definition pathnodes.h:1004
#define PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:68
#define PGS_INDEXSCAN
Definition pathnodes.h:67
#define PGS_NESTLOOP_PLAIN
Definition pathnodes.h:74
@ PATHKEYS_BETTER2
Definition paths.h:221
@ PATHKEYS_BETTER1
Definition paths.h:220
@ PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT
Definition paths.h:222
@ PATHKEYS_EQUAL
Definition paths.h:219
#define lfirst(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:172
#define lfirst_node(type, lc)
Definition pg_list.h:176
static int list_length(const List *l)
Definition pg_list.h:152
#define linitial_node(type, l)
Definition pg_list.h:181
#define NIL
Definition pg_list.h:68
#define forboth(cell1, list1, cell2, list2)
Definition pg_list.h:550
#define foreach_current_index(var_or_cell)
Definition pg_list.h:435
#define lfirst_int(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:173
#define list_make1(x1)
Definition pg_list.h:244
#define linitial_int(l)
Definition pg_list.h:179
#define foreach_ptr(type, var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:501
#define forthree(cell1, list1, cell2, list2, cell3, list3)
Definition pg_list.h:595
#define for_each_cell(cell, lst, initcell)
Definition pg_list.h:470
#define for_each_from(cell, lst, N)
Definition pg_list.h:446
static void * list_nth(const List *list, int n)
Definition pg_list.h:331
#define linitial(l)
Definition pg_list.h:178
#define foreach_node(type, var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:528
static ListCell * list_head(const List *l)
Definition pg_list.h:128
#define foreach_oid(var, lst)
Definition pg_list.h:503
#define list_nth_node(type, list, n)
Definition pg_list.h:359
static ListCell * lnext(const List *l, const ListCell *c)
Definition pg_list.h:375
#define list_make1_int(x1)
Definition pg_list.h:259
#define lfirst_oid(lc)
Definition pg_list.h:174
static int list_cell_number(const List *l, const ListCell *c)
Definition pg_list.h:365
#define llast_node(type, l)
Definition pg_list.h:202
static int scale
Definition pgbench.c:182
void preprocess_minmax_aggregates(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planagg.c:74
void estimate_rel_size(Relation rel, int32 *attr_widths, BlockNumber *pages, double *tuples, double *allvisfrac)
Definition plancat.c:1305
int32 get_relation_data_width(Oid relid, int32 *attr_widths)
Definition plancat.c:1472
RelOptInfo * query_planner(PlannerInfo *root, query_pathkeys_callback qp_callback, void *qp_extra)
Definition planmain.c:54
#define DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION
Definition planmain.h:21
#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL
Definition planner.c:99
static RelOptInfo * create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *distinct_rel)
Definition planner.c:5389
static List * postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist)
Definition planner.c:6127
static PathTarget * make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *grouping_target, Node *havingQual)
Definition planner.c:5989
Expr * expression_planner_with_deps(Expr *expr, List **relationOids, List **invalItems)
Definition planner.c:7120
#define EXPRKIND_TARGET
Definition planner.c:88
#define EXPRKIND_APPINFO
Definition planner.c:94
static void gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
Definition planner.c:8100
static void preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:2752
#define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE
Definition planner.c:96
PlannerInfo * subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name, PlannerInfo *parent_root, PlannerInfo *alternative_root, bool hasRecursion, double tuple_fraction, SetOperationStmt *setops)
Definition planner.c:775
static void add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, grouping_sets_data *gd, GroupPathExtraData *extra)
Definition planner.c:7428
PlannedStmt * planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.c:333
static void create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
Definition planner.c:4323
char * choose_plan_name(PlannerGlobal *glob, const char *name, bool always_number)
Definition planner.c:9298
#define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR
Definition planner.c:100
planner_hook_type planner_hook
Definition planner.c:74
double cursor_tuple_fraction
Definition planner.c:68
static bool is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:4302
planner_shutdown_hook_type planner_shutdown_hook
Definition planner.c:80
bool plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
Definition planner.c:7173
static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode)
Definition planner.c:1521
int plan_create_index_workers(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
Definition planner.c:7295
#define EXPRKIND_PHV
Definition planner.c:95
#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL
Definition planner.c:90
#define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL
Definition planner.c:92
static void create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, grouping_sets_data *gd, GroupPathExtraData *extra, RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p)
Definition planner.c:4386
RelOptInfo * create_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
Definition planner.c:8746
#define EXPRKIND_LIMIT
Definition planner.c:93
#define EXPRKIND_VALUES
Definition planner.c:91
static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:8183
static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction, int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
Definition planner.c:2930
Path * get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
Definition planner.c:6931
Expr * preprocess_phv_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Expr *expr)
Definition planner.c:1754
static List * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root, List *needed_pathkeys, List *path_pathkeys)
Definition planner.c:5569
planner_setup_hook_type planner_setup_hook
Definition planner.c:77
bool parallel_leader_participation
Definition planner.c:70
static PathTarget * make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target, List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:6507
static Bitmapset * find_having_collation_conflicts(Query *parse, Index group_rtindex)
Definition planner.c:1570
static void apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *scanjoin_targets, List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs, bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe, bool tlist_same_exprs)
Definition planner.c:8225
static RelOptInfo * create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target)
Definition planner.c:5136
static void optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
Definition planner.c:6164
RowMarkType select_rowmark_type(RangeTblEntry *rte, LockClauseStrength strength)
Definition planner.c:2864
static void adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
Definition planner.c:6977
static void create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel, PathTarget *target)
Definition planner.c:5206
#define EXPRKIND_QUAL
Definition planner.c:87
static List * preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force)
Definition planner.c:3181
static Node * preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind)
Definition planner.c:1419
static Path * make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path, Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
Definition planner.c:8041
static bool has_volatile_pathkey(List *keys)
Definition planner.c:3537
static bool having_collation_conflict_walker(Node *node, having_collation_ctx *ctx)
Definition planner.c:1619
static RelOptInfo * create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, RelOptInfo *input_rel, grouping_sets_data *gd, GroupPathExtraData *extra, bool force_rel_creation)
Definition planner.c:7689
static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:6387
static void create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
Definition planner.c:9015
static PathTarget * make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target, bool *have_postponed_srfs)
Definition planner.c:6755
static void create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *window_rel, Path *path, PathTarget *input_target, PathTarget *output_target, WindowFuncLists *wflists, List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:4966
bool enable_distinct_reordering
Definition planner.c:71
void mark_partial_aggref(Aggref *agg, AggSplit aggsplit)
Definition planner.c:6092
static grouping_sets_data * preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:2535
int debug_parallel_query
Definition planner.c:69
static List * remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets, int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
Definition planner.c:2715
static void adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition planner.c:3582
static PathTarget * make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target)
Definition planner.c:5877
static List * reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause)
Definition planner.c:3489
static int common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
Definition planner.c:6438
static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction, SetOperationStmt *setops)
Definition planner.c:1787
static RelOptInfo * make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe, Node *havingQual)
Definition planner.c:4246
static List * generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op, List *targetlist)
Definition planner.c:8690
PlannedStmt * standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.c:351
static List * select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
Definition planner.c:6304
Expr * expression_planner(Expr *expr)
Definition planner.c:7093
static void create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
Definition planner.c:9140
bool limit_needed(Query *parse)
Definition planner.c:3115
create_upper_paths_hook_type create_upper_paths_hook
Definition planner.c:83
#define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC
Definition planner.c:98
static void consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, Path *path, bool is_sorted, bool can_hash, grouping_sets_data *gd, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
Definition planner.c:4517
static List * make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc, List *tlist)
Definition planner.c:6627
static RelOptInfo * create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe, double limit_tuples)
Definition planner.c:5654
#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC
Definition planner.c:89
static double get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root, double path_rows, grouping_sets_data *gd, List *target_list)
Definition planner.c:4011
static List * extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets)
Definition planner.c:3277
static RelOptInfo * create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe, grouping_sets_data *gd)
Definition planner.c:4133
static void create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *grouped_rel, RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, grouping_sets_data *gd, PartitionwiseAggregateType patype, GroupPathExtraData *extra)
Definition planner.c:8466
#define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM
Definition planner.c:97
static bool group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel, List *targetList, List *groupClause)
Definition planner.c:8603
static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra)
Definition planner.c:3806
static RelOptInfo * create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel, PathTarget *input_target, PathTarget *output_target, bool output_target_parallel_safe, WindowFuncLists *wflists, List *activeWindows)
Definition planner.c:4879
PlannedStmt *(* planner_hook_type)(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.h:28
void(* planner_setup_hook_type)(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions, double *tuple_fraction, ExplainState *es)
Definition planner.h:36
void(* create_upper_paths_hook_type)(PlannerInfo *root, UpperRelationKind stage, RelOptInfo *input_rel, RelOptInfo *output_rel, void *extra)
Definition planner.h:50
void(* planner_shutdown_hook_type)(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, const char *query_string, PlannedStmt *pstmt)
Definition planner.h:44
@ PLAN_STMT_STANDARD
Definition plannodes.h:39
RowMarkType
Definition plannodes.h:1556
@ ROW_MARK_COPY
Definition plannodes.h:1562
@ ROW_MARK_REFERENCE
Definition plannodes.h:1561
@ ROW_MARK_SHARE
Definition plannodes.h:1559
@ ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE
Definition plannodes.h:1557
@ ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE
Definition plannodes.h:1558
@ ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE
Definition plannodes.h:1560
#define snprintf
Definition port.h:261
#define qsort(a, b, c, d)
Definition port.h:496
#define printf(...)
Definition port.h:267
static Datum Int64GetDatum(int64 X)
Definition postgres.h:426
static int64 DatumGetInt64(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:416
static Pointer DatumGetPointer(Datum X)
Definition postgres.h:332
#define PointerGetDatum(X)
Definition postgres.h:354
#define InvalidOid
unsigned int Oid
void get_agg_clause_costs(PlannerInfo *root, AggSplit aggsplit, AggClauseCosts *costs)
Definition prepagg.c:559
void preprocess_aggrefs(PlannerInfo *root, Node *clause)
Definition prepagg.c:110
void preprocess_function_rtes(PlannerInfo *root)
void flatten_simple_union_all(PlannerInfo *root)
void transform_MERGE_to_join(Query *parse)
void remove_useless_result_rtes(PlannerInfo *root)
void pull_up_sublinks(PlannerInfo *root)
void replace_empty_jointree(Query *parse)
void pull_up_subqueries(PlannerInfo *root)
Relids get_relids_in_jointree(Node *jtnode, bool include_outer_joins, bool include_inner_joins)
Query * preprocess_relation_rtes(PlannerInfo *root)
void reduce_outer_joins(PlannerInfo *root)
Expr * canonicalize_qual(Expr *qual, bool is_check)
Definition prepqual.c:293
char * c
e
static int fb(int x)
void preprocess_targetlist(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition preptlist.c:66
RelOptInfo * plan_set_operations(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition prepunion.c:98
char * psprintf(const char *fmt,...)
Definition psprintf.c:43
tree ctl root
Definition radixtree.h:1857
List * RelationGetIndexPredicate(Relation relation)
Definition relcache.c:5220
List * RelationGetIndexExpressions(Relation relation)
Definition relcache.c:5107
RelOptInfo * find_base_rel(PlannerInfo *root, int relid)
Definition relnode.c:544
void setup_simple_rel_arrays(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition relnode.c:114
RelOptInfo * fetch_upper_rel(PlannerInfo *root, UpperRelationKind kind, Relids relids)
Definition relnode.c:1617
RelOptInfo * build_simple_rel(PlannerInfo *root, int relid, RelOptInfo *parent)
Definition relnode.c:212
Node * remove_nulling_relids(Node *node, const Bitmapset *removable_relids, const Bitmapset *except_relids)
@ ForwardScanDirection
Definition sdir.h:28
double estimate_num_groups(PlannerInfo *root, List *groupExprs, double input_rows, List **pgset, EstimationInfo *estinfo)
Definition selfuncs.c:3802
double estimate_hashagg_tablesize(PlannerInfo *root, Path *path, const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs, double dNumGroups)
Definition selfuncs.c:4528
Plan * set_plan_references(PlannerInfo *root, Plan *plan)
Definition setrefs.c:291
bool extract_query_dependencies_walker(Node *node, PlannerInfo *context)
Definition setrefs.c:3749
void check_stack_depth(void)
Definition stack_depth.c:96
List * aggdistinct
Definition primnodes.h:491
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:485
Expr * aggfilter
Definition primnodes.h:494
List * aggorder
Definition primnodes.h:488
Expr * arg
Definition primnodes.h:1329
Expr * defresult
Definition primnodes.h:1331
List * args
Definition primnodes.h:1330
GetForeignRowMarkType_function GetForeignRowMarkType
Definition fdwapi.h:251
GetForeignUpperPaths_function GetForeignUpperPaths
Definition fdwapi.h:230
Cardinality limit_tuples
Definition pathnodes.h:3707
Node * quals
Definition primnodes.h:2378
List * fromlist
Definition primnodes.h:2377
PartitionwiseAggregateType patype
Definition pathnodes.h:3691
AggClauseCosts agg_final_costs
Definition pathnodes.h:3685
AggClauseCosts agg_partial_costs
Definition pathnodes.h:3684
Definition pg_list.h:54
Definition nodes.h:133
List * exprs
Definition pathnodes.h:1878
List * pathkeys
Definition pathnodes.h:2011
Cardinality rows
Definition pathnodes.h:2005
Bitmapset * prunableRelids
Definition pathnodes.h:206
char maxParallelHazard
Definition pathnodes.h:260
List * subplans
Definition pathnodes.h:178
bool dependsOnRole
Definition pathnodes.h:251
Bitmapset * allRelids
Definition pathnodes.h:199
List * subrtinfos
Definition pathnodes.h:212
List * appendRelations
Definition pathnodes.h:221
List * finalrowmarks
Definition pathnodes.h:215
List * invalItems
Definition pathnodes.h:230
List * relationOids
Definition pathnodes.h:227
List * paramExecTypes
Definition pathnodes.h:233
bool parallelModeOK
Definition pathnodes.h:254
bool transientPlan
Definition pathnodes.h:248
Bitmapset * rewindPlanIDs
Definition pathnodes.h:190
List * finalrteperminfos
Definition pathnodes.h:209
List * subpaths
Definition pathnodes.h:181
Index lastRowMarkId
Definition pathnodes.h:242
List * resultRelations
Definition pathnodes.h:218
List * partPruneInfos
Definition pathnodes.h:224
List * finalrtable
Definition pathnodes.h:193
uint64 default_pgs_mask
Definition pathnodes.h:263
List * elidedNodes
Definition pathnodes.h:236
bool parallelModeNeeded
Definition pathnodes.h:257
Cost per_tuple
Definition pathnodes.h:121
List * rtable
Definition parsenodes.h:180
CmdType commandType
Definition parsenodes.h:124
List * ppilist
Definition pathnodes.h:1051
bool useridiscurrent
Definition pathnodes.h:1115
Relids relids
Definition pathnodes.h:1021
struct PathTarget * reltarget
Definition pathnodes.h:1045
uint64 pgs_mask
Definition pathnodes.h:1039
List * unique_pathkeys
Definition pathnodes.h:1134
Cardinality tuples
Definition pathnodes.h:1096
bool consider_parallel
Definition pathnodes.h:1037
BlockNumber pages
Definition pathnodes.h:1095
List * cheapest_parameterized_paths
Definition pathnodes.h:1055
List * pathlist
Definition pathnodes.h:1050
RelOptKind reloptkind
Definition pathnodes.h:1015
List * indexlist
Definition pathnodes.h:1091
struct Path * cheapest_startup_path
Definition pathnodes.h:1053
struct Path * cheapest_total_path
Definition pathnodes.h:1054
List * unique_groupclause
Definition pathnodes.h:1136
Bitmapset * live_parts
Definition pathnodes.h:1204
int rel_parallel_workers
Definition pathnodes.h:1103
List * partial_pathlist
Definition pathnodes.h:1052
struct RelOptInfo * unique_rel
Definition pathnodes.h:1132
Cardinality rows
Definition pathnodes.h:1027
Form_pg_class rd_rel
Definition rel.h:111
LockClauseStrength strength
LockWaitPolicy waitPolicy
List * semi_rhs_exprs
Definition pathnodes.h:3241
JoinType jointype
Definition pathnodes.h:3230
Relids syn_righthand
Definition pathnodes.h:3229
List * semi_operators
Definition pathnodes.h:3240
int varno
Definition primnodes.h:270
Index varlevelsup
Definition primnodes.h:295
WindowClause * wc
Definition planner.c:123
Node * startOffset
List * partitionClause
Node * endOffset
List * orderClause
Index winref
Definition primnodes.h:604
int * tleref_to_colnum_map
Definition planner.c:114
Bitmapset * unhashable_refs
Definition planner.c:112
List * unsortable_sets
Definition planner.c:113
List * hash_sets_idx
Definition planner.c:108
double dNumHashGroups
Definition planner.c:109
Bitmapset * unsortable_refs
Definition planner.c:111
List * ancestor_collids
Definition planner.c:148
Definition type.h:97
List * activeWindows
Definition planner.c:131
grouping_sets_data * gset_data
Definition planner.c:132
SetOperationStmt * setop
Definition planner.c:133
Node * SS_process_sublinks(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, bool isQual)
Definition subselect.c:2209
void SS_process_ctes(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition subselect.c:886
void SS_identify_outer_params(PlannerInfo *root)
Definition subselect.c:2367
Node * SS_replace_correlation_vars(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr)
Definition subselect.c:2154
void SS_finalize_plan(PlannerInfo *root, Plan *plan)
Definition subselect.c:2551
void SS_compute_initplan_cost(List *init_plans, Cost *initplan_cost_p, bool *unsafe_initplans_p)
Definition subselect.c:2495
void SS_charge_for_initplans(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *final_rel)
Definition subselect.c:2431
void table_close(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition table.c:126
Relation table_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition table.c:40
void split_pathtarget_at_srfs_grouping(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *target, PathTarget *input_target, List **targets, List **targets_contain_srfs)
Definition tlist.c:868
TargetEntry * tlist_member(Expr *node, List *targetlist)
Definition tlist.c:88
bool tlist_same_exprs(List *tlist1, List *tlist2)
Definition tlist.c:227
SortGroupClause * get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(Index sortref, List *clauses)
Definition tlist.c:452
SortGroupClause * get_sortgroupref_clause(Index sortref, List *clauses)
Definition tlist.c:431
bool grouping_is_sortable(List *groupClause)
Definition tlist.c:549
List * make_tlist_from_pathtarget(PathTarget *target)
Definition tlist.c:633
PathTarget * copy_pathtarget(PathTarget *src)
Definition tlist.c:666
void add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(PathTarget *target, List *exprs)
Definition tlist.c:761
PathTarget * create_empty_pathtarget(void)
Definition tlist.c:690
List * get_sortgrouplist_exprs(List *sgClauses, List *targetList)
Definition tlist.c:401
void split_pathtarget_at_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *target, PathTarget *input_target, List **targets, List **targets_contain_srfs)
Definition tlist.c:845
bool grouping_is_hashable(List *groupClause)
Definition tlist.c:569
void add_column_to_pathtarget(PathTarget *target, Expr *expr, Index sortgroupref)
Definition tlist.c:704
#define create_pathtarget(root, tlist)
Definition tlist.h:58
Node * flatten_group_exprs(PlannerInfo *root, Query *query, Node *node)
Definition var.c:999
Relids pull_varnos(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition var.c:114
List * pull_var_clause(Node *node, int flags)
Definition var.c:653
Node * flatten_join_alias_vars(PlannerInfo *root, Query *query, Node *node)
Definition var.c:781
const char * name